See in Reader
3005 lines
1.1 MiB
3005 lines
1.1 MiB
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
|
||
front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Matthew\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)\n1. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)\n1. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50)\n1. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)\n1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)\n1. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)\n1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n1. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n\n### What is the book of Matthew about?\n\nThe Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Matthew?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”\n\nMatthew spoke of the “kingdom of heaven” in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.\n\n### What were the teaching methods of Jesus?\n\nThe people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:\n* “Bless those who curse you; do good to those who hate you” (5:44)\n* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)\n* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)\n* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)\n* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)\n* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)\n\nTranslators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators may include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
1:intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The genealogy of Jesus (1:1–17)\n * Jesus’ parents and birth (1:18–25)\n\nSome translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this in [1:23](../01/23.md) with the quote from [Isaiah 7:14](../isa/07/14.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Genealogy\n\nA genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.\n\n### The word “fathered”\n\nWhen Matthew uses the word “fathered,” he only means that the older man was an ancestor of the younger man. In most cases, the older man is the direct father of the younger man. However, sometimes the older man is a grandfather (for example, Josiah is the grandfather of Jechoniah) or a more distant ancestor (for example, Joram is the great-great-grandfather of Ozias). If possible, use a word that indicates that the older man is the ancestor of the younger man without stating that the older man is the father of the younger man. If you need to be more specific, the UST provides one way to do so.\n\n### Three groups of 14\n\nMatthew concludes the genealogy by dividing it up three groups of 14 generations. He divides the groups by using two key events in Israel’s history: David starting his dynasty and the Babylonians capturing Jerusalem. In order to count 14 generations from Abraham until David, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations from David until the Babylonian deportation, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ, both Jechoniah and Christ need to be included. The ULT and UST divide the section into paragraphs based on the divisions. Consider how you might show these divisions in your translation.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Stating that Mary became pregnant\n\nIn [1:18](../01/18.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and [1:23](../01/23.md), Matthew refers to a woman becoming pregnant, but he excludes the involvement of a man in the process. He uses the phrases “to have in the womb” and “having been conceived in her” to avoid referring to the male role in conception. In your translation, you should not identify the Holy Spirit as the one who performed the normal male role, since the Holy Spirit did not have sex with Mary. Instead, the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. So, use a form that does not refer to the male role in conception or a form that denies that a man was involved.\n\n### Translating names\n\nIn the genealogy, Matthew uses specific Greek spellings of names. These spellings do not always match the Hebrew spellings of the names that you can read in the Old Testament. The ULT and UST spell out how these names sound as Matthew wrote them in Greek. In contrast, some translations spell out these names as they appear in the Old Testament. Consider spelling these names as do other translations that your readers might be familiar with. Otherwise, consider whether your team wishes to spell names in the same way throughout the Bible or whether you will spell them differently in different places. If you do spell them differently in different places, you may need to include footnotes that provide other spellings.
|
||
1:1 n4xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βίβλος γενέσεως 1 Here, the phrase **book of the genealogy** could refer to: (1) just the list of Jesus’ ancestors that follows in [1:2–17](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestry” (2) the list of Jesus’ ancestors as well as information about his birth and childhood (see [1:2–2:23](../01/02.md)). Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestors and birth”
|
||
1:1 a1t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **book** that contains the **genealogy** that lists the ancestors of **Jesus Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The book that contains the genealogy concerning Jesus Christ”
|
||
1:1 nlc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βίβλος 1 Here, **book** represents a written record. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The written record” or “The list”
|
||
1:1 vpg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, Matthew is speaking of a male descendant as if he were a **son**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is descended from David, who is descended from Abraham”
|
||
1:1 zw1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here Matthew could mean: (1) that David is a **son of Abraham**. Alternate translation: “who was a son of Abraham” (2) that Jesus is a **son of Abraham**. Alternate translation: “and also son of Abraham”
|
||
1:2 cyc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew begins a list of Jesus’ ancestors. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list ([1:2–16](../01/02.md)). Possible formats are: (1) “Abraham’s son was Isaac, and Isaac’s son was Jacob, and Jacob’s sons were Judah and his brothers” (2) “Isaac’s father was Abraham, and Jacob’s father was Isaac, and Judah’s father was Jacob” (3) “Abraham fathered Isaac, who fathered Jacob, who fathered Judah and his brothers”
|
||
1:2 wiqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀβραὰμ & τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ & τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ & τὸν Ἰούδαν 1 Unless a note specifies otherwise, all the names in the list of ancestors ([1:2–16](../01/02.md)) are names of men.
|
||
1:2 pl71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 **Judah** had 11 **brothers**, and some of them were older and some of them were younger. Make sure this is clear if your language marks these distinctions.
|
||
1:3 ncga rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰούδας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Φαρὲς καὶ τὸν Ζάρα ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ, Φαρὲς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀράμ, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verse.
|
||
1:3 g8y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ 1 The word **Tamar** is the name of a woman. She was the daughter-in-law of **Judah**.
|
||
1:3 sn21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ & τὸν Ἀράμ 1 Many translations spell **Hezrom** as “Hezron” and **Aram** as “Ram.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell these names. Alternate translation: “Hezron … Hezron … Ram”
|
||
1:4 kywc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμιναδάβ, Ἀμιναδὰβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ναασσών, Ναασσὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλμών, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:4 xlps rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρὰμ 1 Many translations spell **Aram** as “Ram.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Ram”
|
||
1:5 w4mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σαλμὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ, Βόες δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ, Ἰωβὴδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεσσαί, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:5 q5bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ 1 The words **Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. **Rahab** protected Israelite spies when the Israelites were about to conquer the land that God had promised to give them. **Ruth** was from Moab but believed in God and traveled to Israel with her mother-in-law, Naomi.
|
||
1:6 e1rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰεσσαὶ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ τὸν βασιλέα. Δαυεὶδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:6 msbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 **Uriah** was one of the leaders of the Israelite army, a leader whom **David** trusted. However, David saw Uriah’s wife, named Bathsheba, and wanted her for himself. He had Uriah killed and took Uriah’s wife for himself. You can read about this story in [2 Samual 11:1–27](../2sa/11/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information if your readers would not know this story. Alternate translation: “by Bathsheba the wife of Uriah, whom he had killed”
|
||
1:7 nc4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σολομὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ, Ῥοβοὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:7 dvau rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Ἀσάφ 1 Many translations spell **Asaph** as “Asa.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Asa”
|
||
1:8 jnly rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀσὰφ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ, Ἰωσαφὰτ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωράμ, Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζείαν 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:8 zcs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀσὰφ & τὸν Ὀζείαν 1 Many translations spell **Asaph** as “Asa” and **Ozias** as “Uzziah.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell these names. Alternate translation: “Asa … Uzziah”
|
||
1:8-9 ei0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζείαν, Ὀζείας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ 1 In these two verses, Matthew lists **Joram**, **Ozias**, and **Jotham**. In the list of kings in 1 Chronicles 3, however, there are four names between **Joram** and **Jotham** (see [1 Chronicles 3:11–12](../1co/03/11.md)), not one. So, Matthew has not mentioned three of these kings, and the word translated **fathered** only requires the older person to be an ancestor of the younger person, who could be a son, grandson, great-grandson, or even great-great-grandson. It is unclear exactly where in the list Matthew leaves out the three kings. He could be using the name **Ozias**: (1) to refer to the king that 1 Chronicles names “Azariah.” In this case, **Ozias** is the great-great-grandson of **Joram** and the father of **Jotham**. Alternate translation: “and Joram was the great-great-grandfather of Ozias, and Ozias fathered Jotham” (2) to refer to the king that 1 Chronicles names “Ahaziah.” In this case, **Ozias** is the son of **Joram** and the great-great-grandfather of **Jotham**. Alternate translation: “and Joram fathered Ozias, and Ozias was the great-great-grandfather of Jotham”
|
||
1:9 m35z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ὀζείας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ, Ἰωαθὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχάζ, Ἀχὰζ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑζεκίαν 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:9 lj7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ὀζείας 1 Many translations spell **Ozias** as “Uzziah.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Uzziah”
|
||
1:10 zgmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἑζεκίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μανασσῆ, Μανασσῆς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσίαν 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:10 odm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς 1 Many translations spell **Amos** as “Amon.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Amon … Amon”
|
||
1:11 t8ob rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:11 c2bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωσίας & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν 1 In [1 Chronicles 3:15–16](../1ch/03/15.md), **Josiah** is listed as the father of Jehoiakim, who is the father of **Jechoniah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that **Josiah** was the grandfather of **Jechoniah**. Alternate translation: “Josiah fathered the father of Jechoniah”
|
||
1:11 vzs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 If you must specify whether these **brothers** were older or younger, it is more likely that they were younger brothers. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers”
|
||
1:11 v2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 Here Matthew refers to how the Babylonians conquered Jerusalem and took most of the people away to the country of Babylon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away”
|
||
1:12 y7cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 Here Matthew refers to the same event that he referred to in [1:11](../01/11.md). Express the idea in the same way you did there. Alternate translation: “after the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away”
|
||
1:12 ua1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰεχονίας ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:12 ya86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ 1 Many translations spell **Salathiel** as “Shealtiel.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Shealtiel … Shealtiel”
|
||
1:12 qqo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σαλαθιὴλ & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ 1 In [1 Chronicles 3:19](../1co/03/19.md), a brother of **Salathiel** named Pedaiah is listed as the father of **Zerubbabel**. However, early Greek translations of [1 Chronicles 3:19](../1co/03/19.md) list **Salathiel** as the father of **Zerubabbel**. Matthew most likely used a Bible like these early Greek translations, so he probably intended his readers to think of **Salathiel** as the father of **Zerubbabel** and not as his uncle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some of this information in a footnote.
|
||
1:13 dcab rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ζοροβαβὲλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιούδ, Ἀβιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιακείμ, Ἐλιακεὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀζώρ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:14 seok rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀζὼρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαδώκ, Σαδὼκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχείμ, Ἀχεὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιούδ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:15 d8av rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἐλιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρ, Ἐλεάζαρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μαθθάν, Μαθθὰν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:16 sq31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἄνδρα Μαρίας 1 This is the end of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
|
||
1:16 wdbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαρίας 1 The word **Mary** is the name of a woman.
|
||
1:16 b3bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who gave birth to Jesus”\n
|
||
1:16 ovf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 Here, the phrase **the one called Christ** distinguishes this **Jesus** from any other people named Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that distinguishes between this **Jesus** and any other people with that name. Alternate translation: “the Jesus called Christ” or “specifically the one who is called Christ”
|
||
1:16 z2rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ”
|
||
1:17 vdhv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως Δαυεὶδ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ Δαυεὶδ ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ Χριστοῦ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες 1 In order to count 14 generations **from Abraham until David**, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations **from David until the Babylonian deportation**, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations **from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ**, both Jechoniah and Jesus need to be included. Consider how you might express the calculations so that they match with the list. Alternate translation: “from Abraham up to and including David were 14 generations, and after David and until the Babylonian deportation were 14 generations, and starting with the Babylonian deportation and counting up to and including the Christ were 14 generations”
|
||
1:17 z5xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος -1 Here Matthew refers to the same event that he referred to in [1:11–12](../01/11.md). Express the idea in the same way you did in those verses. Alternate translation: “the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away … when that happened”
|
||
1:18 gnl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces a new section in this book that focuses on **the birth of Jesus Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
|
||
1:18 cqt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μνηστευθείσης & τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was her parents. Alternate translation: “whose parents promised to Joseph that she would marry him”
|
||
1:18 xvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 Matthew is referring in a polite way to having sex by using the phrase **came together**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they consummated the marriage” or “before they had sex”
|
||
1:18 in4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was having in the womb” or “realized that she was having in the womb”
|
||
1:18 q6y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 Here, the phrase **having in the womb** refers to being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be with child” or “to be pregnant”
|
||
1:18 a71d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 The phrase **from the Holy Spirit** indicates that Mary did not become pregnant in the usual way, that is, by having sex with a man. Rather, she became pregnant because the Holy Spirit caused her to be pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the power of the Holy Spirit” or “because of the Holy Spirit’s work”
|
||
1:19 h941 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
|
||
1:19 yufg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ & ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 Matthew implies that Joseph did not know that the baby came from the Holy Spirit. Joseph thought that Mary had become pregnant after having sex with another man, which is why he wanted **to divorce her**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Joseph did not know that the Holy Spirit had caused Mary to be pregnant. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband thought that she had been unfaithful, so”
|
||
1:19 pu3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς & ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 As the previous verse shows (see [1:18](../01/18.md)), Mary and Joseph were not yet married. In their culture, however, being “engaged” was a promise to marry, so Matthew can refer to **Joseph** as Mary’s **husband**. He can also refer to breaking the engagement as divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use clarify that Matthew is referring to an engaged man breaking the engagement. Alternate translation: “her fiancé … to break the engagement with her”
|
||
1:20 iip4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα & αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου & ἐφάνη 1 The angel appeared to Joseph while he was deciding to divorce Mary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “during the time when Joseph was reflecting on these things, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared”
|
||
1:20 y747 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
|
||
1:20 meua rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
|
||
1:20 lc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, Matthew is speaking of a male descendant as if he were a **son**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is descended from David”
|
||
1:20 fgby rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαρίαν τὴν γυναῖκά σου; τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “the one having been conceived in Mary is from the Holy Spirit, so you should not fear to take her as your wife”
|
||
1:20 va5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit is the one who caused her to conceive her child”
|
||
1:21 yucr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν; αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “and because he will save his people from their sins, you will call his name Jesus”
|
||
1:21 ifq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense καλέσεις 1 Here the angel gives a command using the future tense. If your language does not use the future tense for commands, you could use a form that your language uses to express commands. Alternate translation: “you must call” or “you are to call”
|
||
1:21 v02j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular καλέσεις 1 Here, the word **you** is singular since the angel is speaking to Joseph.
|
||
1:21 j38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰησοῦν; αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 The name **Jesus** means “the Lord saves” in Hebrew. The angel is explaining that **Jesus** should have this name because **he will save his people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what Jesus’ name means or include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Jesus, for, as his name indicates, he will save his people from their sins” or “Jesus, that is, ‘the Lord saves,’ since he will save his people from their sins”
|
||
1:21 ocr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **his people** refers most directly to Jewish people, but it also includes anyone who believes in **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies a group of people who belong to or are connected with Jesus. Alternate translation: “his own people” or “the people who belong to him”
|
||
1:22 q4lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the Matthew’s comment on what he has narrated so far. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a comment from the narrator, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I note that” or “As a matter of fact,”
|
||
1:22 rlse rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο & ὅλον γέγονεν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to what Matthew has said about Mary becoming pregnant before she and Joseph were married (see [1:18–21](../01/18.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to these events. Alternate translation: “Jesus was born in that way” or “what I have told you happened”
|
||
1:22 uwvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill”
|
||
1:22 c1vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke”
|
||
1:22 p39k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 The **prophet** to whom Matthew refers is Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet”
|
||
1:22 e8ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see [Isaiah 7:14](../isa/07/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “who declared”
|
||
1:23 wlft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention:” or “Listen to me:”
|
||
1:23 c6yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ παρθένος 1 Although the word translated **virgin** occasionally refers to any young woman, whether she has had sex or not, the word normally refers to a young woman who has not had sex. This is what Matthew means here, so you should use a word or phrase that refers to a woman who is old enough to get married but who has not yet had sex. Alternate translation: “the marriageable woman who has not had sex”
|
||
1:23 nlp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει 1 Here, the phrase **have in her womb** refers to a woman being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be with child” or “will be expecting a baby”
|
||
1:23 qg9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καλέσουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “others will call” or “everyone will call”
|
||
1:23 sln1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐμμανουήλ, ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 The word **Immanuel** is a Hebrew word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he explained what it meant: **God with us**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Immanuel,’ which is a Hebrew word that is translated as ‘God with us’”
|
||
1:23 lm6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός. 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which we translate as ‘God with us’” or “this name means ‘God with us’”
|
||
1:24 sxsv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After the angel spoke to him,” or “Next,”
|
||
1:24 ioyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθεὶς & ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having woken from his sleep” or “having risen from sleep”
|
||
1:24 iue3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ παρέλαβεν 1 Here, the word **and** introduces how Joseph **did as the angel of the Lord commanded him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “by taking her”
|
||
1:25 mem5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces something that is unexpected for people who have gotten married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “But” or “Despite that,”
|
||
1:25 i7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 Matthew is referring in a polite way to having sex by using the word **know**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. See how you translated the euphemism for having sex in [1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “he did not consummate the marriage with her” or “he did not sleep with her”
|
||
1:25 v3xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν & ἐκάλεσεν & αὐτοῦ 1 Here, both times the pronoun **he** occurs, it refers to Joseph. The pronoun **his** refers to the **son**, Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use names instead of pronouns. Alternate translation: “Joseph did not know … Joseph called the son’s”
|
||
1:25 mclm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἕως οὗ 1 Christians disagree about whether Joseph had sex with Mary after Jesus was born. In this verse, Matthew only refers to the time before Jesus was born. If possible, use a form that only refers to this time period and does not imply anything about what happened after Jesus was born. Alternate translation: “prior to when” or “during time before”
|
||
2:intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The visit of the learned men (2:1–12)\n * Joseph, Mary, and Jesus escape to Egypt (2:13–15)\n * Herod kills the baby boys in Bethlehem (2:16–18)\n * Joseph, Mary, and Jesus settle in Nazareth (2:19–23)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Learned men”\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew tells about how “learned men” from countries to the east of Judea visited Jesus in order to worship him. These were educated men who studied dreams and stars in the sky to try to learn about what was happening and what would happen in the future. Matthew does not present them as if they are evil. Consider how you might naturally refer to this kind of educated man. The ULT provides a general translation (“learned men”), and the UST illustrates how to use a descriptive phrase (“scholars who studied the stars”). \n\n### The star\n\nThe learned men journey to Jerusalem because they see a specific star. Matthew further describes how this star moved in the sky until it was directly above where Jesus was living. It is not clear exactly what this star was. Scholars have suggested that it was one of the planets, a shooting star, a comet, or a bright angel. If possible, use a word or phrase that refers generally to a natural source of light in the sky. If you need to be more specific, could use a word or phrase that refers to stars, especially the kinds of stars that move or appear to move in the sky. \n\n### The journeys of Joseph, Mary, and Jesus\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew narrates several journeys that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus took. At first, they are in Bethlehem, which is a city near the capital city of Judea, Jerusalem. After the learned men visit, God warns Joseph to journey to Egypt, a country to the southwest of Judea, in order to escape from Herod, the king of Judea. After Herod dies, God tells Joseph that he can take his family back to Israel. However, he does not take his family back to Judea, because Herod’s son is now reigning in Herod’s place. Instead, he and his family travel to Nazareth, a city in the region of Galilee, which is north of Judea. When Matthew uses movement words, make sure that your translation fits with these journeys.
|
||
2:1 sdst rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
|
||
2:1 j9yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ & Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος 1 Here, the phrase **Jesus having been born** states what happened before the **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “after Jesus had been born”
|
||
2:1 esbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to indicate that **Bethlehem** is in **Judea**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem in Judea”
|
||
2:1 kf5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως 1 The phrase **in the days of** someone who is a **king** refers to the period of time in which that person ruled as **king**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while Herod the king ruled” or “during the reign of Herod the king”
|
||
2:1 azm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention”
|
||
2:1 p6gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the east** refers to countries to the **east** of **Judea**. Matthew does not tell us exactly which country or countries he means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to countries to the east. Alternate translation: “who were from countries to the east of Judea”
|
||
2:2 o2f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they were saying”
|
||
2:2 o4lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς 1 Here the learned men could mean that: (1) **the one having been born** is destined to be **King of the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the one having been born to be King” (2) **the one having been born** is already the **King of the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the one having been born who is King”
|
||
2:2 a67k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ τεχθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whose birth recently happened, the one who is”
|
||
2:2 w3nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the learned men are asking about the **King of the Jews**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a question, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “We ask because” or “Indeed,”
|
||
2:2 zj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 Here, the learned men are using the possessive form to describe a **star** that marks or identifies the **King of the Jews**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the star that identifies him” or “the star that proves he has been born”
|
||
2:2 n3a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 Here, the phrase **in the east** could refer to: (1) when the star appeared above the horizon. Alternate translation: “when it rose” (2) where the star appeared in the sky. Alternate translation: “as it rose in the east”
|
||
2:2 xthm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἤλθομεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
|
||
2:2 v248 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσκυνῆσαι 1 The phrase **to worship** can be used for how one behaves before God, but it can also be used for how one behaves before a king. Matthew uses this phrase because the learned men considered Jesus to be a king, but Matthew considers Jesus to be God. So, both meanings of the phrase **to worship** are included here. If possible, use a form that could be used for how one acts before both kings and God. If you must make a distinction, it is recommended that you use a form that refers to worshiping God. Alternate translation: “to bow before” or “to kneel before him to honor”
|
||
2:3 lhk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
|
||
2:3 b0gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “all Jerusalem became troubled with him”
|
||
2:3 qu3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem”
|
||
2:3 mc1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα 1 Matthew says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of” or “the majority of”
|
||
2:4 tkxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the people** refers to the Jewish people. Matthew means that the **chief priests** and the **scribes** were part of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the Jews” or “who belonged to the Jewish people”
|
||
2:4 ne4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “he inquired from them where the Christ would be born.”
|
||
2:4 cbxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the place of Christ’s birth” or “is the Christ’s birthplace”
|
||
2:4 mi51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 Here Herod asks a question about the location of Christ’s birth using the present tense. You could use whatever tense is natural in your language for this kind of question. Alternate translation: “will the Christ be born”
|
||
2:5 w68n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν Βηθλέεμ 1 The chief priests and scribes are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is born in Bethlehem”
|
||
2:5 l7mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Bethlehem in Judea”
|
||
2:5 o460 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 In Matthew’s culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet (see [Micah 5:2](../mic/05/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “this is what God had Micah the prophet write down:”
|
||
2:5 z2i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thus the prophet wrote” or “thus God told the prophet to write”
|
||
2:6 uu4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the comma at the end of the previous verse and only use one quotation mark at the end of this verse. Alternate translation: “that you, Bethlehem, land of Judah, are by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from you will come out a ruling one who will shepherd God’s people Israel”
|
||
2:6 kmw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could direct the speech to the people who live in **Bethlehem**, or you could refer to **Bethlehem** in the third person. Alternate translation: “And Bethlehem, land of Judah, is by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from this town a ruler will come out a ruling one who will shepherd my people Israel”
|
||
2:6 ez40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σύ & σοῦ 1 The word **you** is singular in this verse because Micah is speaking to **Bethlehem**.
|
||
2:6 c2cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη 1 The prophet Micah is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative phrase, **by no means**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, **least**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “very great” or “important”
|
||
2:6 pi6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 Since Micah is speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person, he refers important towns in **Judah** as if they were **leaders**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leading towns of Judah” or “the great cities in Judah”
|
||
2:6 rihn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ σοῦ & ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος 1 Here Micah refers to a person from Bethlehem becoming a **ruling one** as if the person were coming out of Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person from you will be a ruling one”
|
||
2:6 tg5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ 1 Here, the prophet Micah is speaking of leading caring for the **people** as if it were shepherding. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will lead and care for”\n
|
||
2:7 uusp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the **time** when the **star** appeared. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the time at which the star appeared”
|
||
2:7 h2y0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος. 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “inquired from them, ‘What was the time of the appearing of the star?’”
|
||
2:8 jtw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ 1 Matthew tells how King Herod sent the learned men to Bethlehem before he mentions what King Herod told them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange this verse so that it tells the events in sequential order. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then, he sent them to Bethlehem.”\n
|
||
2:8 sbwi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθέντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “Having come”
|
||
2:8 iod8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
|
||
2:8 g4d0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσκυνήσω 1 Translate **worship** as you did in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “bow before” or “kneel before him to honor”
|
||
2:9 zws5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here Matthew implies that they went to Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went to Bethlehem”
|
||
2:9 fzm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention”
|
||
2:9 yb5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 Translate this phrase as you did in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “when it rose” or “as it rose in the east”
|
||
2:9 iknf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification προῆγεν αὐτούς ἕως ἐλθὼν ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 Here Matthew speaks as if the **star** were a person who could go somewhere and stand there. He means that the star moved in the sky until it was directly above the place where Jesus was staying. We do not know exactly how the **star** moved or what it looked like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state directly that the star moved and then stopped. Alternate translation: “was moving in the sky ahead of them until it was above where the young child was. Then it stopped moving”
|
||
2:10 otdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδόντες & τὸν ἀστέρα 1 Here Matthew could mean that: (1) they saw how the star moved and then stopped over where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “having seen that the star had stopped” or “having seen that the star was guiding them” (2) they saw that the star had appeared again. Alternate translation: “having seen the star again” or “having seen the reappear”
|
||
2:10 vd00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy** or would not use both the noun **joy** and the verb **rejoiced** together, you could express the same idea by using only the verb. Alternate translation: “they rejoiced very much” or “they rejoiced exceedingly greatly”
|
||
2:11 y2tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
|
||
2:11 kidl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πεσόντες 1 Here Matthew means that the learned men kneeled on the ground or bowed down very low. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “kneeled down” or “prostrating themselves”
|
||
2:11 q8vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσεκύνησαν 1 Translate **worshiped** as you did in [2:2](../02/02.md) and [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “bowed before” or “kneeled before him to honor”
|
||
2:11 r452 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their gifts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” or “their treasure boxes”
|
||
2:12 th3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive χρηματισθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God having warned them”
|
||
2:12 fjue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην & ἀνεχώρησαν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “through a dream, ‘Do not return to Herod,’ they departed”
|
||
2:13 k00j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
|
||
2:13 l4ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention”
|
||
2:13 pr5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense φαίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared”
|
||
2:13 dawp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded him”
|
||
2:13 ygms rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι; μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “Because Herod is going to seek the young child to kill him, having gotten up, take the young child and his mother, and flee to Egypt, and remain there until I tell you.”
|
||
2:13 v88f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 Here the angel implies that he will **tell** Joseph that it is safe to return to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back”
|
||
2:14 drx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit νυκτὸς 1 Here Matthew implies that they **departed for Egypt** the same **night** in which Joseph had the dream. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that very night”
|
||
2:15 ft3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν 1 Matthew implies that Mary and Jesus also lived in Egypt with Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were”
|
||
2:15 we5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill”
|
||
2:15 lv97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke”
|
||
2:15 rbm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 The **prophet** to whom Matthew refers is Hosea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Hosea the prophet”
|
||
2:15 s792 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Hosea the prophet (see [Hosea 11:1](../hos/11/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Hosea” or “who declared”\n
|
||
2:15 imhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάλεσα 1 Here the author of the quotation, Hosea, implies that God is summoning his **son** from Egypt. He is not just speaking to his **son**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I summoned”
|
||
2:16 aygj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Paul speaks of knowing as if it were seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having learned” or “having known”
|
||
2:16 bhtt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 Matthew implies that Herod realized that the **learned men** were not going to visit him and tell him where Jesus was. That is why he felt **mocked**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had been mocked by the learned men, who were not going to return” or “the learned men had deceived him by not coming back to him”
|
||
2:16 g513 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the learned men had mocked him”
|
||
2:16 d8d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. He did not kill the children himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sent forth his soldiers to kill”
|
||
2:16 tvj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω 1 Here, the phrase **from two years and under** identifies **children** that are two years old or younger than two years old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase in your language. Alternate translation: “from those who where just born to those who were two years old” or “those who were younger than three years old”
|
||
2:16 es2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβωσεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod decided what ages of baby boys to have killed based on when the learned men first saw the star. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “basing this decision on the time of the star’s appearance that he had determined exactly from the learned men”
|
||
2:17 x68m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** indicates that the prophecy was fulfilled at the time when Herod had his soldiers kill the baby boys in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “And so” or “It was then that”
|
||
2:17 l8g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how your translated the similar passive forms in [1:22](../01/22.md) and [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “these events fulfilled what God spoke”
|
||
2:17 ykxc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by **Jeremiah the prophet** (see [Jeremiah 31:15](../jer/31/15.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Jeremiah” or “who declared”
|
||
2:18 zm17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor φωνὴ ἐν Ῥαμὰ ἠκούσθη, κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς, Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 This prophecy speaks of women who live in **Ramah** as if they were **Rachel**, their ancestor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to the women who are descended from **Rachel**. Alternate translation: “Voices were heard in Ramah, weeping and great mourning, women descended from Rachel weeping for their children, and not willing to be comforted”
|
||
2:18 k91t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “There was a voice” or “People heard a voice”
|
||
2:18 x062 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς 1 The terms **weeping** and **great mourning** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “much weeping” or “deep mourning”
|
||
2:18 sve3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because they are no more, she is not willing to be comforted”
|
||
2:18 rgg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she was not willing to receive comfort” or “no one could comfort her”
|
||
2:18 p9ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐκ εἰσίν 1 The author of the quotation is referring to the death of the children in a polite way by using the phrase **they are no more**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “they had passed away” or “because they had died”
|
||
2:19 vupx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
|
||
2:19 wwpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
|
||
2:19 o6s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense φαίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared”
|
||
2:20 pljv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded him”
|
||
2:20 hij7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύου εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ; τεθνήκασιν γὰρ οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “Because the ones seeking the life of the child have died, having gotten up, take the young child and his mother and go to the land of Israel.”
|
||
2:20 hz2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 Here, the phrase **the ones seeking the life of the child** refers to people who wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones seeking to do away with the child” or “the ones wishing to kill the child”
|
||
2:22 h4cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 The word **Archelaus** is the name of a man. He began to rule after his father **Herod** died.
|
||
2:22 n47p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἀκούσας & ὅτι Ἀρχέλαος βασιλεύει τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῴδου, ἐφοβήθη 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Archelaus is reigning over Judea in the place of his father Herod,’ he was afraid”
|
||
2:22 m1ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χρηματισθεὶς 1 Here Matthew implies that Joseph was **warned** against living in Judea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been warned about living in Judea”
|
||
2:22 dy6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive χρηματισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God, probably speaking through an angel. Alternate translation: “God having warned him” or “an angel of the Lord having warned him”
|
||
2:23 ev23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
|
||
2:23 oxc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατῴκησεν 1 Matthew implies that Mary and Jesus also lived in **Nazareth** with Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus lived”
|
||
2:23 lax1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγομένην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people called” or “whose name was”
|
||
2:23 rwhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from Joseph and his family living in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Joseph and his family lived in Nazareth. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to delete the comma after **prophets**. Alternate translation: “in order that”
|
||
2:23 dx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how your translated the similar passive forms in [2:15](../02/15.md) and [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “this might fulfill what God spoke”
|
||
2:23 vxb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “the prophets, ‘He will be called a Nazarene’”
|
||
2:23 okmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τῶν προφητῶν 1 Matthew does not clarify which **prophets** he is referring to, and there is no single passage in the Old Testament that speaks about Jesus being a **Nazarene**. Because of that, you should not include any implied information here. If possible, leave the statement as general as it appears in the ULT. Alternate translation: “God’s prophets” or “prophets”
|
||
2:23 sa9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they will call him a Nazarene”
|
||
2:23 yrb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns κληθήσεται 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the Messiah. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the Messiah more directly. The **prophets** probably did not know that his name would be Jesus, so you should use a title like “Christ” or “Messiah” here. Alternate translation: “the Christ will be called”
|
||
3:intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1–12)\n * John baptizes Jesus (3:13–17)\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation from the Old Testament in verse 3.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### John the Baptist\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew introduces John the Baptist, who preached in the wilderness. Matthew describes his clothing and his food in ways that resemble the prophet Elijah. John preaches a message that called for repentance. He prepared the way for Jesus to begin his ministry.\n\n### Baptism\n\nThe word “baptism” refers to a ritual washing, usually with water. John’s baptism is similar to Christian baptism, but it does not mean exactly the same thing (see [Acts 18:24–26](../act/18/24.md)). John says that his baptism is “for repentance” (see [3:11](../03/11.md)). Most likely, it symbolized the removal of the sins that people were repenting of and the beginning of a new way of living. However, even Jesus received this baptism despite the fact that he did not need to repent of any sins. In this case, the baptism may symbolize complete dedication to God. Consider how you might refer to this kind of ritual washing in your language.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Fruit tree metaphor\n\nIn [3:8](../03/08.md) and [3:10](../03/10.md), John speaks of people as if they were fruit trees. He says that people need to produce “good fruit,” just like fruit trees should. However, every fruit tree that does not produce good fruit will be cut down and burned. In the same way, people who do not do what is right will be judged and punished. If possible, preserve this metaphor or express it in simile form.\n\n### Wheat harvest metaphor\n\nIn [3:12](../03/12.md), John speaks of people as if they were parts of wheat plants. People who obey God are like the edible part of the wheat plant, the grain. People who disobey God are like the inedible parts of the wheat plant, the stalk and husk. Just as a farmer separates the grain from the stalks and the husks, so God will separate people into those who obey him and those who do not. Then, just as the farmer stores the grain and burns the stalks and husks, so God will save those who obey him and punish those who do not. If possible, preserve this metaphor or express it in simile form.
|
||
3:1 xp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
|
||
3:1 yoaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν & ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 Here, Matthew uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that identifies a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “during that time”
|
||
3:1 tmu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 Here, the phrase **those days** refers to the period of time before Jesus began his public ministry. During this time, Jesus lived in Nazareth with his family. Matthew is not referring to the period of time in which Joseph, Mary, and Jesus traveled back from Egypt to Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to the time period in which Jesus lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the days when Jesus lived in Nazareth” or “the days before Jesus began his ministry”
|
||
3:1 ifa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants παραγίνεται Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 This phrase introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there is a man named John the Baptist” or “a man called John the Baptist appears”
|
||
3:1 bcdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραγίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
|
||
3:2 nc62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
|
||
3:2 u2pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μετανοεῖτε, ἤγγικεν γὰρ ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clause. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is near, so repent”
|
||
3:2 hvx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤγγικεν 1 Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”
|
||
3:3 et5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Matthew has said about John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Now”
|
||
3:3 fl4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ ῥηθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one about whom the Lord spoke”
|
||
3:3 qt02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see [Isaiah 40:3](../isa/40/03.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “who declared”
|
||
3:3 s62r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ 1 Isaiah is using **voice** to represent the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person” or “Someone”\n
|
||
3:3 mm58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “calling out in the wilderness and saying” or “calling out in the wilderness, declaring”\n
|
||
3:3 yhe7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τῇ ἐρήμῳ: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of this quotation. Alternate translation: “the wilderness that people must make ready the way of the Lord, that they must make his paths straight”\n
|
||
3:3 n7lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a connecting word in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Make ready the way of the Lord, yes, make his paths straight”
|
||
3:3 j99i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here Isaiah speaks as if people should build maintain roads for **the Lord** to travel on as he comes to visit his people. He means that people need to be living and acting the proper ways when **the Lord** appears to his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the metaphor in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Live and behave in a way that pleases God, as if you were making a road ready for him to travel on”
|
||
3:4 j647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 Here Matthew uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. The word does not introduce another event in the story. This background information is found in [3:4–6](../03/04.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Concerning this John, he”
|
||
3:4 su9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου 1 The phrase **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of camels”
|
||
3:4 dagi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζώνην δερματίνην 1 A **leather belt** is a thin strap made out of animal skin that holds clothing in place. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of clothing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an animal skin strap” or “a band made from animal skin”
|
||
3:5 ncp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** refers to the period of time in which John was preaching in the wilderness (see [3:1](../03/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “While John was preaching,” or “During the time when John was in the wilderness,”
|
||
3:5 ytnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξεπορεύετο 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “were coming out”
|
||
3:5 j8ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, the terms **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the {region} around the Jordan** represent the people who live in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “”
|
||
3:5 zys1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Matthew twice says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of Judea, and most of the region around the Jordan”
|
||
3:6 ls9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐβαπτίζοντο ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ Ποταμῷ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 Here the people were **confessing their sins** before they were **being baptized**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the elements so that these events are in sequential order, or you could use another form to indicate the sequence Alternate translation: “confessing their sins, they were being baptized by him in the Jordan River” or “being baptized by him in the Jordan River after they confessed their sins”
|
||
3:6 v5xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was baptizing them”
|
||
3:6 q311 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξομολογούμενοι 1 Here it is the people who are **confessing**, not John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as they confessed”
|
||
3:7 lxwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
|
||
3:7 jclu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **for his baptism** could indicate that the Pharisees and Sadducees are **coming**: (1) so that they can receive John’s **baptism**. Alternate translation: “to receive his baptism” (2) to the place where John is baptizing. Alternate translation: “to where he was baptizing” or “the place of his baptism”
|
||
3:7 tcva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **baptism**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be baptized by him”
|
||
3:7 fjl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The expression **Offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like vipers” or “You have the qualities of vipers”
|
||
3:7 qtu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here John speaks of the Pharisees and Sadducees as if they were like **vipers** (see the previous note for the meaning of the phrase **Offspring of**). He means that they are evil and hurt other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like poisonous creatures” or “You evil people”
|
||
3:7 kr0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐχιδνῶν 1 If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “of poisonous snakes” or “of poisonous animals”
|
||
3:7 c4cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 John is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees for coming to be baptized by him when they really do not believe that they need to **flee from the coming wrath**. In other words, they want to be baptized, but they do not think that they need to repent of anything. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I realize that you do not really think that you need to flee from the coming wrath!” or “You do not actually believe that you must flee from the coming wrath.”
|
||
3:7 h7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 Here, the word **wrath** refers to how God will punish people who do not believe and who disobey him. The word **coming** means that the **wrath** will happen soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the future punishment” or “the punishment that God will soon inflict”
|
||
3:8 msjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an exhortation based on what John said in rebuking the Pharisees and Sadducees in the previous verse (see [3:7](../03/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an exhortation based on a previous rebuke. Alternate translation: “Instead” or “But here is what you should do”
|
||
3:8 s8ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσατε & καρπὸν 1 Here, John is speaking of people behaving in certain ways as if they were trees producing **fruit**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act in ways” or “perform deeds”
|
||
3:8 dbj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Here, John is using the possessive form to describe **fruit** that matches or goes along with **repentance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that goes along with repentance” or “that shows repentance”
|
||
3:8 jsoz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς μετανοίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of repenting” or “of people who repent”
|
||
3:9 sc2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in yourselves** could indicate that the Pharisees and Sadducees might speak: (1) within themselves, which would be thinking privately. Alternate translation: “to say within yourselves” or “to say to yourselves” (2) within their group, which would be speaking to each other. Alternate translation: “to say to each other”
|
||
3:9 anyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the quotation mark at the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “among yourselves that you have Abraham as father”
|
||
3:9 s4og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “as ancestor”
|
||
3:9 h6n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the Pharisees and Sadducees should not say **We have Abraham {as} father**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “You should not say that because”
|
||
3:9 h7lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “to you, ‘God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones.’”
|
||
3:9 k843 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here John means that God can create **children for Abraham** at any time and in any way he wants, even from **stones**. He means that people who have **Abraham {as} father** will not receive special treatment from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God is able to create other children for Abraham, even from these stones” or “God can raise up more children for Abraham any time he wants to, and he could even these stones into children for Abraham”
|
||
3:9 eedc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “people descended from Abraham”
|
||
3:10 vosb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development of the ideas in the previous verse. It also introduces a slight contrast with God being able to make children of Abraham from stones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “As a matter of fact,”
|
||
3:10 a8m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 In this verse, John speaks as if people were **trees** and as if God had an **ax**. Every person who does not repent and do what is right is like a **tree** that does not produce **good fruit**. Just as someone chops down these trees and burns them, so God will punish these people. If possible preserve the metaphor here. You could use simile form, or if necessary, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “already it is as if the ax is set against the root of the trees. Every person who does not repent and obey is like a tree that does not produce good fruit. It is chopped down and thrown into a fire” or “already God is ready to judge people. So, anyone who does not repent and obey will be declared guilty and punished”
|
||
3:10 d4j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ ἀξίνη & κεῖται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has set the ax”
|
||
3:10 pea6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων 1 In this verse, the word **root** is singular in form, but it refers to all the roots of the **trees** as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the roots of the trees”
|
||
3:10 n4xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ῥίζαν 1 Here, the word **root** refers to lowest part of the tree that shows above the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the base” or “lowest part”
|
||
3:10 r7o2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God chops down every tree not producing good fruit and throws it into a fire”
|
||
3:10 g502 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἐκκόπτεται καὶ & βάλλεται 1 Here John could be using the present tense to describe: (1) something that is generally true. Alternate translation: “is being chopped down and is being thrown” (2) something that will happen in the future but is as certain as if it was happening in the present. Alternate translation: “will be chopped down and will be thrown”
|
||
3:11 aiiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 Here, the phrase **for repentance** could describe: (1) the purpose for which John baptizes people. Alternate translation: “so that you repent” (2) what John’s baptism represents or signifies. Alternate translation: “with reference to repentance” or “to show your repentance”
|
||
3:11 rvf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure your translation fits with the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “in order that you might repent” or “to show that you have repented”
|
||
3:11 l3zm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 Here John speaks as if someone is walking behind him. He could mean that: (1) soon someone will continue what John has started doing. Alternate translation: “the one who will preach after I have” (2) one of his own disciples will become greater than he. Alternate translation: “one of my disciples”
|
||
3:11 i61t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μού 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I am”
|
||
3:11 c1xf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι 1 Here, **to carry** someone’s **sandals** was a duty of a slave. John means that he is **not worthy** to be a slave to this person who is **coming after** him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am not worthy to be the slave who carries away his sandals” or “I am not worthy to act as his slave”
|
||
3:11 gtm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 Here John indicates that the **one coming after** him will cause people to experience **the Holy Spirit** and **fire**, just as John caused people to experience **water** in baptism. If possible, preserve the baptism metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you, as it were, with the Holy Spirit and with fire” or “He also will perform something like baptism, but he will use the Holy Spirit and fire”
|
||
3:11 ata7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 Here, the word **fire** could be: (1) a reference to how Jesus will purify people. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit and purifying fire” (2) a reference to how Jesus will punish people. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit and with fiery punishment” (3) a further description of **the Holy Spirit**. Alternate translation: “with the fire that is the Holy Spirit”
|
||
3:12 gcq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην; τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 In this verse, John describes the one who comes after him as a farmer who separates the useful grains of wheat from the other parts of the wheat plant by using a **winnowing fork** to **clear of his threshing floor**. Just as that farmer separates the grain from the chaff, so the one who comes after John will separate those who obey from those who do not. Just as that farmer saves the grain and burns up the chaff, so the one who comes after John will save those who obey and punish those who do not. If possible, preserve this metaphor. If necessary, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is like a farmer with a winnowing fork in his hand. He will separate those who obey God from those who do not, just as a farmer thoroughly clears off his fleshing floor. He will save those who obey and punish those who disobey, just as a farmer gathers his wheat into the storehouse and burns up the chaff with unquenchable fire” or “who is ready to act, and he will separate those who obey God from those who disobey God. He will save those who obey and completely punish those who disobey”
|
||
3:12 sq4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in his hand** indicates that a person is ready to use whatever is in his or her hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has picked up his winnowing fork” or “who is ready to use his winnowing fork”
|
||
3:12 b5m4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for winnowing grain” or “tool for tossing seeds”
|
||
3:12 r2ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 The **threshing floor** was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the grain from the chaff. To **clear off** the floor is to finish threshing and winnowing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to where **threshing** happens in your culture, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the place where he separates the grain from the chaff”
|
||
3:13 vl93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon this event happened after the events that Matthew has already narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event in sequence. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,” or “After John said those things,”
|
||
3:13 tsxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go παραγίνεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes”
|
||
3:13 zj7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραγίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
|
||
3:13 zbj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that John would baptize him”
|
||
3:14 fax0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διεκώλυεν αὐτὸν 1 Here Matthew means that **John** did not want to baptize Jesus and tried to stop Jesus from asking him to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was trying to prevent Jesus from wanting to be baptized” or “was resisting Jesus’ request to be baptized”
|
||
3:14 m2y0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
|
||
3:14 khdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to baptize me”
|
||
3:14 cl7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 John is using the question form to show surprise at Jesus’ request to be baptized. He wants to show that the request does not make sense. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “so you should not come to me!” or “so it does not make sense for you to come to me.”
|
||
3:14 nu8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχῃ πρός με 1 Here John implies that Jesus comes to be baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “come to me to be baptized”
|
||
3:15 c1jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀποκριθεὶς & ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”
|
||
3:15 yozq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄφες ἄρτι; οὕτως γὰρ πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the request that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Baptizing me is a fitting way for us to fulfill all righteousness. So, permit it now”
|
||
3:15 v30k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄφες & ἀφίησιν αὐτόν 1 In both places, Matthew implies that John should or does permit Jesus to be baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Permit me to be baptized … he permitted him to be baptized”
|
||
3:15 h6ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, the word **us** refers only to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark this form.
|
||
3:15 wdcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 The phrase **to fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything that God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “to accomplish God’s will” or “to do everything that God has told us to do”
|
||
3:15 n6d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that is righteous” or “all of God’s righteous will”
|
||
3:15 reau rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀφίησιν αὐτόν 1 Here, the word **he** refers to John, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “John permits Jesus”
|
||
3:16 d5zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
|
||
3:16 inf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was John. Alternate translation: “John having baptized him”
|
||
3:16 htuf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus was in the River Jordan when he was baptized. Afterwards, he **came up** out of the river. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “left the water of the river” or “stepped out of the river”
|
||
3:16 l5bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
|
||
3:16 jig5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 People in Matthew’s culture often spoke of how **the heavens** had doors or gates that led into them. Matthew uses this kind of language (doors being **opened**) to indicate that Jesus saw into **the heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was enabled to look into the heavens” or “God showed him what was happening in the heavens”
|
||
3:16 jh1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God opened the heavens to him”
|
||
3:16 e3na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down as a dove flies down”
|
||
3:16 gawt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταβαῖνον 1 Here Matthew implies that **the Spirit of God** came down from **the heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming down from the heavens”
|
||
3:16 mo7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Here Matthew implies that **the Spirit of God** settled or landed on Jesus, just like a bird might settle or land on something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “perching upon him” or “settling on him”
|
||
3:17 xohx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
|
||
3:17 cdrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply a verb of speaking if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a voice spoke from the heavens”
|
||
3:17 m2wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ 1 Matthew is using **voice** to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person speaking” or “God the Father spoke”
|
||
3:17 op13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and it said”
|
||
3:17 myz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.
|
||
3:17 m1ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱός & ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Son, whom I love,”
|
||
3:17 hdro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὐδοκέω 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who pleases me”
|
||
4:intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The devil tempts Jesus (4:1–11)\n * Jesus begins his public ministry (4:12–17)\n * Jesus calls four of his disciples (4:18–22)\n * Summary of Jesus’ early ministry (4:23–25)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [4:15–16](../04/15.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe devil, also named Satan, is an evil spiritual being. In this chapter, he tempts Jesus to disobey God. He even quotes the Bible to try to convince Jesus to disobey. Consider how you might naturally refer to a powerful and evil spiritual being. \n\n### Temptation\n\nIn [4:1–11](../04/01.md), Matthew tells the story of how Jesus was tempted by the devil. The devil tried to convince Jesus to do things that would be disobedient. Jesus already knew how he was supposed to live his life and how he was supposed to die on the cross. The devil tempted Jesus to act in a different way. In response, Jesus quotes the Bible and does not do what the devil tempts him to do. \n\n### Fishermen\n\nFour of Jesus’ first disciples (Peter, Andrew, James, and John) were fishermen. In their culture, fishermen usually stood on the shore or in a boat and threw a net into the water. The edges of the net had weights on it, so the net sank into the water and trapped any fish beneath it. Then, fishermen would put on a rope to close the net and haul it to shore or onto the boat. If people in your culture do not fish or do not fish in that way, consider how much information you need to provide to help your readers understand the story.
|
||
4:1 k51m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon this event happened after the events that Matthew has already narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event in sequence. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,” or “After he heard the voice from the heavens,”
|
||
4:1 aq3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led up Jesus”
|
||
4:1 wy4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the devil could tempt Jesus”
|
||
4:2 cft7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 The phrase **40 days and 40 nights** refers to 40 periods of 24 hours in a row. Matthew means that Jesus fasted for 40 full days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “for 40 straight days”
|
||
4:3 nfiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πειράζων 1 Here, the phrase **the one tempting** refers to the devil, whom Matthew already mentioned in [4:1](../04/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one tempting, the devil,” or “the devil, who was tempting him,”
|
||
4:3 oyws rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the **stones** will only **become bread** if Jesus is **the Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking so that these stones might become bread”
|
||
4:3 c1ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus.
|
||
4:3 vpnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 Here the devil wants Jesus to tell the **stones** to **become bread**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “tell these stones to become bread” or “speak words that make these stones become bread”
|
||
4:3 uyv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “speak to these stones, ‘Become bread!’”
|
||
4:4 o3a6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he answered” or “he said to him”
|
||
4:4 sph9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 8:3](../deu/08/03.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “You can read in the Scriptures” or “It says in the book of Deuteronomy”
|
||
4:4 fd67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”
|
||
4:4 i33v οὐκ & ζήσεται 1 The author of the quotation could be using the future tense to give: (1) a general statement. Alternate translation: “does not live” (2) a command. Alternate translation: “should not live”
|
||
4:4 d010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 The word **Man** represents people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Humans”
|
||
4:4 d5tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **Man** is masculine, the author of the quotation is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Man and woman” or “A person”
|
||
4:4 xbai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρτῳ 1 Here, **bread** represents food and eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” or “eating”
|
||
4:4 wuqm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ 1 The author of the quotation is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he will live by”
|
||
4:4 rzh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy παντὶ ῥήματι 1 The author of the quotation is using the term **word** to mean a message spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every message” or “everything”
|
||
4:4 jl6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **coming through the mouth of God** indicates that God is the one speaking **every word**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that God has spoken” or “that God says”
|
||
4:5 qhg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραλαμβάνει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took”
|
||
4:5 x6i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **highest point** could refer to: (1) the top part of the roof. Alternate translation: “the top roof of the temple” (2) the edge of the roof. Alternate translation: “the edge of the temple’s roof”
|
||
4:6 z1xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he tells him”
|
||
4:6 bbx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
4:6 wgtk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the angels will only rescue Jesus if Jesus is **the Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to throw himself down to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
|
||
4:6 x2vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus.
|
||
4:6 dnrp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means that Jesus should jump off the top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “jump from here on top of the temple”
|
||
4:6 fa8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται γὰρ 1 In Matthew’s culture, **for it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see [Psalm 91:11–12](../psa/91/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is written in the book of Psalms” or “the psalmist wrote”
|
||
4:6 x6zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a poet wrote this in the Scriptures”
|
||
4:6 zofd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται & ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ, ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he will command his angels concerning you, and they will lift you up in their hands, lest you might hit your foot against a stone”
|
||
4:6 zd4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐντελεῖται 1 The pronoun **He** refers to God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “God will command”
|
||
4:6 s9i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοῦ & σε & προσκόψῃς & σου 1 Since the author of the quotations is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, every occurrence of **you** and **your** in the quotations is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “each of you … each of you … any of you might hit your”
|
||
4:6 azpz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** connects the two quotations, which are two verses from Psalm 91. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that connects two closely related quotations. Alternate translation: “and further” or “and then”
|
||
4:6 f1mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου 1 The author of the quotation is using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “even your foot might hit a stone” or “you might get hurt”
|
||
4:7 qish rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus answered”
|
||
4:7 eerm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations πάλιν γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 6:16](../deu/06/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Again, you can read in the Scriptures” or “Again, it says in the book of Deuteronomy”
|
||
4:7 fn07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”
|
||
4:7 wri7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that you will not test the Lord your God”
|
||
4:7 xl3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 The author of the quotation is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a command form. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God”
|
||
4:7 c7t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the word **You** here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “None of you will test”
|
||
4:8 fvnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάλιν 1 Here Matthew means that **the devil** tempted Jesus again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Tempting him again”
|
||
4:8 elcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραλαμβάνει & δείκνυσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took … showed”
|
||
4:8 d12q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how great they are” or “how glorious they are”
|
||
4:9 oo0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he declared to him”
|
||
4:9 al72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the condition before its consequence. Alternate translation: “If having fallen down, you would worship me, all these things I will give to you”
|
||
4:9 crez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτά & πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **All these things** refers to the “kingdoms” and “their glory” that the devil showed to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “All these kingdoms and their glory” or “Everything I have showed to you”
|
||
4:9 eas8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πεσὼν 1 Here the devil refers to kneeling on the ground or bowing down very low. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having kneeled down” or “having prostrated yourself”
|
||
4:10 hsky rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus tells him”
|
||
4:10 itxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται γάρ 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 6:13](../deu/06/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For you can read in the Scriptures” or “For it says in the book of Deuteronomy”
|
||
4:10 k49q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”
|
||
4:10 ohjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται & Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that you will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him”
|
||
4:10 mmx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “You will worship the Lord your God, yes, you will serve only him”
|
||
4:10 ah9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις 1 The author of the quotation is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a command form. Alternate translation: “You must worship … you must serve”
|
||
4:10 rig8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις 1 Since the author of the quotations is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words **You**, **your**, and **you** in the quotation are singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you will worship … your … each of you will serve”
|
||
4:11 b0p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἀφίησιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “left”
|
||
4:11 ko5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
|
||
4:12 v7p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
|
||
4:12 d1vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context (see [14:1–12](../14/01.md)) that it was King Herod Antipas, the son of the king who had tried to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John”
|
||
4:13 pph4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρὰ 1 Here Matthew implies that when Jesus “withdrew into Galilee,” he first went to the city of **Nazareth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he first went to Nazareth. Then, having left Nazareth”
|
||
4:13 fgsd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ 1 It may be more natural in your language to say where Jesus went before saying where he **lived**. If so, you could move **in Capernaum** so that it goes with **having come**. Alternate translation: “having come to Capernaum, he lived there”
|
||
4:13 knjg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν παραθαλασσίαν 1 Here Matthew is referring to **the sea** of Galilee. The town of **Capernaum** was at the edge of this sea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the Galilee sea”
|
||
4:13 hpm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ 1 The words **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier. Matthew uses these names to connect where Jesus lived with the prophecy he will quote in [4:15](../04/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these are names of tribes. Alternate translation: “in the territories that the tribes of Zebulun and Naphtali formerly lived in”
|
||
4:14 z5rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus living in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus lived in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “in order that”
|
||
4:14 tj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how your translated the similar passive forms in [2:15](../02/15.md) and [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “this might fulfill what God spoke”
|
||
4:14 bifn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah the prophet** (see [Isaiah 9:1–2](../isa/09/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “who declared”
|
||
4:15 egx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here, the areas that Isaiah refers to represent the people who live in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The people who live in the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, the people who live on the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, the people who live in Galilee of the Gentiles”
|
||
4:15 hbg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Each of the three lines of poetry in this verse gives a different description of the same area. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including all three descriptions in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word or phrase that indicates that these lines are all descriptions of one place. Alternate translation: “The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, which is the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, which is Galilee of the Gentiles”
|
||
4:15 se2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 The phrase **the way of the sea** could refer to: (1) areas near **the sea** of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the areas around the Sea of Galilee” (2) a road that ended at the Mediterranean **sea**. Alternate translation: “the road that goes to the Mediterranean sea”
|
||
4:15 d8ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here Isaiah could be referring to: (1) areas to the west of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “on the western side of the Jordan” (2) areas to the east of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side of the Jordan”
|
||
4:15 uv17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe **Galilee** as a place where **Gentiles** live. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Galilee, home of Gentiles”
|
||
4:16 fsl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the people sitting in darkness have seen a great light; yes, to the ones sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen”
|
||
4:16 h2xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here Isaiah refers to sin, trouble, and hopelessness as if they were **darkness** and the **shadow of death**. He refers to God’s deliverance and salvation as if it were **a great light**. If possible, preserve these metaphors or express them in simile form. Alternate translation: “the people sitting in spiritual darkness have seen the great light of God’s salvation, and to the ones sitting in the region and shadow where there is spiritual death, upon them the light of God’s deliverance has arisen”
|
||
4:16 j6gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις 1 Here, Isaiah refers to living as if it were **sitting**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “dwelling … to the ones dwelling”
|
||
4:16 zd49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν σκοτίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where it is dark”
|
||
4:16 s2r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense εἶδεν & φῶς ἀνέτειλεν 1 Isaiah uses the past tense here in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will see … will a light arise”
|
||
4:16 wk62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου 1 Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe a **region** and a **shadow**, or darkness, that is characterized by **death**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deadly region and the deathly shadow” or “the region and shadow characterized by death”
|
||
4:16 hxmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that are deadly”
|
||
4:17 ad4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τότε 1 Here, the word **time** refers to when Jesus began to live in Capernaum (see [4:13](../04/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “From when he began to live in Capernaum,” or “After he moved to Capernaum,”
|
||
4:17 v18b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “to preach” or “to preach, saying”
|
||
4:17 dku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤγγικεν 1 Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”
|
||
4:18 yrx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “Some time later,”
|
||
4:18 twab rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants δύο ἀδελφούς, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον καὶ Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 Here Matthew introduces two new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two fishermen who were casting a net into the sea. They were Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother”
|
||
4:18 shea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Simon, whose other name was” or “Simon, whom people also called”
|
||
4:18 xlw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew never says whether **Simon** or **Andrew** was older, but he mentions **Simon** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **Andrew** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
|
||
4:18 yfh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “casting a net into the sea to catch fish”
|
||
4:18 yyiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς 1 Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which fishermen throw into the water to trap fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people catch fish in your culture, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in” or “trying to catch fish in”
|
||
4:18 qmzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background γὰρ 1 Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why **Simon** and **Andrew** were **casting a net**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces this kind of background information. Alternate translation: “which they did because they were fishermen” or “since”
|
||
4:19 q12l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
|
||
4:19 y3zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, the phrase **Come after me** is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples” or “Travel with me as my students”
|
||
4:19 n9h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus speaks of preaching the gospel and helping people believe in Jesus as if it were fishing. He means that, just as fishermen catch many fish, so Simon and Andrew will help many people believe. If possible, preserve the metaphor here, since it relates directly to what Simon and Andrew were doing when Jesus saw them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a simile. Alternate translation: “I will make you into people who collect men for me, just as you now collect fish”
|
||
4:19 hm4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans” or “of men and women”
|
||
4:20 ssi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα 1 Translate the word **nets** as you did in [4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “having stopped fishing”
|
||
4:20 jney rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **followed him** indicates that they traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became his disciples” or “traveled with him as his students”
|
||
4:21 b3hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς, Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν, καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν 1 Here Matthew introduces two more new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two men who were in a boat, mending their nets with their father, Zebedee. They were James, the son of Zebedee, and his younger brother John”\n
|
||
4:21 ssae rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew never says whether **James** or **John** was older, but he mentions **James** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **John** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
|
||
4:21 kp8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν 1 Translate the word **nets** as you did in [4:18](../04/18.md) and [4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “the tools they used for fishing”
|
||
4:21 utn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus **called them** to “come after him,” that is, to travel with him and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he called them to come after him” or “he called them to travel with him as his students”
|
||
4:21 gila rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκάλεσεν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus called”
|
||
4:22 auyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Translate this phrase as you did in [4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “became his disciples” or “traveled with him as his students”
|
||
4:23 cz8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περιῆγεν ἐν 1 Here, the phrase **going around in** indicates that Jesus traveled through many places in the region of **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was traveling to many places in” or “he took trips through”
|
||
4:23 jt3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **gospel** that is about the **kingdom**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom”
|
||
4:23 qx7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Here, the phrase **every disease and every sickness** represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person”
|
||
4:23 nr8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 The terms **every disease** and **every sickness** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness”
|
||
4:23 ljkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Matthew says **every** here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of **disease** and **sickness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses”
|
||
4:23 v4ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ 1 Here, the phrase **the people** refers specifically to Jewish people living in **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people there”
|
||
4:24 hwa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν 1 Here Matthew speaks of **the news** as if it were a person who could go **out into all Syria**. He means that people throughout **Syria** heard about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the news of him was heard in all Syria”
|
||
4:24 bmvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe **news** that concern **him**, that is, Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the news about him”
|
||
4:24 fiao rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns προσήνεγκαν 1 Here, the word **they** refers to any people who heard **the news of him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “many people that heard brought”
|
||
4:24 unqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 Matthew says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many of”
|
||
4:24 ogxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοὺς κακῶς, ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους 1 Here, the terms **sickness**, **diseases**, and **pains** mean similar things. Matthew is using the three terms together to include any kind of physical sickness or pain. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use only one or two terms to refer to any kind of sickness or pain. Alternate translation: “the ones being sick or in pain” or “the ones having diseases or injuries”
|
||
4:24 xn8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοὺς κακῶς, ἔχοντας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones being sick”
|
||
4:24 zenl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “experiencing various diseases and pains”
|
||
4:24 i296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom demons possessed”
|
||
4:24 k3pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj σεληνιαζομένους, καὶ παραλυτικούς 1 Matthew is using the adjectives **epileptic** and **paralytic** as nouns to mean people who are **epileptic** and **paralytic**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “epileptic and paralytic people”
|
||
4:24 p3nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιαζομένους 1 An **epileptic** is someone who sometimes passes out and then moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “people with seizures” or “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably”
|
||
4:24 qk4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικούς 1 A **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed” or “people who could not move their limbs”
|
||
4:25 j63v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Δεκαπόλεως, καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ Ἰουδαίας, καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here Matthew indicates that **large crowds** traveled wherever Jesus went. The people who made up these crowds came from all the regions and towns that Matthew mentions in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “large crowds of people from Galilee and Decapolis and Jerusalem and Judea and beyond the Jordan followed him”
|
||
4:25 i9m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 The word **Decapolis** is a name for a region to the southeast of Galilee. The name means “the Ten Towns.”
|
||
4:25 yfgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, the phrase **beyond the Jordan** refers to regions to the east of the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the areas on the east side of the Jordan River”
|
||
5:intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n * The Beatitudes (5:1–12)\n * Salt and light (5:13–16)\n * The law and righteousness (5:17–20)\n * Moses’ law and Jesus’ commands (5:21–48)\n * Murder and anger (5:21–26)\n * Adultery and divorce (5:27–32)\n * Oaths and promises (5:33–37)\n * Punishment and retaliation (5:38–42)\n * Loving everyone (5:43–48)\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5–7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\nMatthew 5:3–10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this section.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “Beatitudes”\n\nIn [5:3–12](../05/03.md), Jesus speaks nine blessings, or “Beatitudes.” He uses poetic form, repetition, and contrasting statements. Use forms in your language that people would recognize as poetry. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n### “You have heard that it was said”\n\nWhen Jesus quotes commands that his audience would be familiar with, he uses a phrase like “you have heard that it was said.” Usually when he uses this phrase, he is quoting or summarizing commands directly from the Old Testament law. However, in [5:43](../05/43.md), he quotes a command from the Old Testament (“love your neighbor”) and then includes what some people would add to that command (“hate your enemy”). You may need to clarify that only the clause “love your neighbor” is from the Old Testament law. See the notes on each verse for information about what commands Jesus is quoting or summarizing. \n\n### Jesus and the law\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus quotes commands that his audience would be familiar with. Then, he introduces his response to these commands with a phrase like “but I say to you.” In each case, Jesus is not contradicting or annulling the commands from God that he quotes. Instead, Jesus is correcting misunderstandings about what these commands mean. He wants his disciples to apply the commands properly. Use a form that indicates that Jesus is clarifying the commands, not contradicting them. \n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Salt metaphor\n\nIn [5:13](../05/13.md), Jesus describes his disciples as if they were salt that seasons the world. He means that, just as salt preserves food and makes it taste better, so his disciples help save people in the world and make the world a better place. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Light metaphor\n\nIn [5:14–16](../05/14.md), Jesus describes his disciples as if they were lamp that gives light. He means specifically that their good deeds are like light that shines on other people, which allows these people to learn what is true and to praise God. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Hyperbole\n\nIn [5:29–30](../05/29.md), Jesus commands his disciples to cut off body parts that cause them to sin. He uses this extreme example of resisting sin in order to show his disciples how serious sin really is. He does not mean that believers should always cut off body parts when they sin. Jesus intends his commands to be shocking, however, so you should preserve the extreme language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Jesus’ commands are extreme language.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he uses the singular, he is speaking about specific situations that each person in the crowd might experience. When he uses the plural, he is speaking generally to the crowd as a whole. You should assume that Jesus is using plural forms of “you” unless a note specifies that the forms are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-crowd]])
|
||
5:1 c5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
|
||
5:1 xpes rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὸ ὄρος 1 Matthew does not clarify what **mountain** this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small **mountain** without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”
|
||
5:1 z880 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθίσαντος αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually **sat down** when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he having sat down to teach” or “he having sat down as a teacher does”
|
||
5:1 elyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
|
||
5:2 q9mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **having opened his mouth** refers to beginning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having begun to speak”
|
||
5:2 fnje rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν 1 Here, the phrase **having opened his mouth** introduces what Jesus said, and the phrase **he taught** also introduces what Jesus said. Matthew uses both phrases to indicate that what Jesus is about to say is very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use just one phrase that introduces important speech. Alternate translation: “he starting teaching”
|
||
5:2 h9bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
|
||
5:3 egbs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens belongs to the poor in spirit, so they are blessed”
|
||
5:3 jhdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
|
||
5:3 o3y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”
|
||
5:3 j7ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here Jesus speaks of people who know that they disobey and that they depend on God totally as if they were **poor in spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually poor” or “those who totally depend upon God”
|
||
5:3 wpi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe people who belong in **the kingdom of the heavens**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to them” or “they belong in the kingdom of the heavens”
|
||
5:4 n8zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The ones mourning will be comforted, so they are blessed”
|
||
5:4 u8s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
|
||
5:4 lie5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them”
|
||
5:5 cf72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The meek will inherit the earth, so they are blessed”
|
||
5:5 hqm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
|
||
5:5 mvb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πραεῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun to mean **meek** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “meek people”
|
||
5:5 pajw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσι 1 Here the author speaks as if **the meek** were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that **the meek** will receive **the earth** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive” or “will be given”
|
||
5:5 kn65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν γῆν 1 Here Jesus refers to the whole **earth**, but he implies that it will be the renewed or recreated **earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the renewed earth” or “the recreated earth”
|
||
5:6 a302 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The ones hungering and thirsting for righteousness will be fed, so they are blessed”
|
||
5:6 ila1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
|
||
5:6 bi1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 Here Jesus speaks of desiring to do what is right as if it were **hungering and thirsting for righteousness**. He also speaks of becoming righteous and doing what is right as if it were being **fed**. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people desire **righteousness** as much as they desire food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones who desire righteousness as if it were food or drink, for they will receive it as if they were being fed”
|
||
5:6 rbfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for what is just” or “to be righteous”
|
||
5:6 hlq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will feed them”
|
||
5:7 h8b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The merciful will obtain mercy, so they are blessed”
|
||
5:7 ytjt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
|
||
5:7 zy1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ ἐλεήμονες 1 Matthew is using the adjective **merciful** as a noun to mean **merciful** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “merciful people”
|
||
5:7 b7vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will act mercifully to them”
|
||
5:8 qap3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The pure in heart will see God, so they are blessed”
|
||
5:8 c8qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
|
||
5:8 s9gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **pure in heart** describes people who only think about and desire what is pure and good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are pure on the inside” or “the ones who think about and want what is pure”
|
||
5:8 cr20 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ καθαροὶ 1 Matthew is using the adjective **pure** as a noun to mean **pure** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are pure”
|
||
5:8 t6ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 Here, the clause **they will see God** indicates that these people will be with God, in his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will be in God’s presence”
|
||
5:9 y5bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί, ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The peacemakers will be called sons of God, so they are blessed”
|
||
5:9 rxgx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
|
||
5:9 jh6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί 1 Here Jesus implies that the **peacemakers** are those who help people act peacefully with each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who make peace among people” or “the ones who cause people to act peaceably”
|
||
5:9 tv19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will call them his sons”
|
||
5:9 mivu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κληθήσονται 1 Here, by using the phrase **will be called**, Jesus implies that they also will actually be **sons of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be people who are” or “will be called and so become”
|
||
5:9 sfph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοὶ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus speaks of these people as if God were their physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spiritual sons of God”
|
||
5:9 h0av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations υἱοὶ 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” or “offspring”
|
||
5:10 q4og rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens belongs to the ones persecuted for the sake of righteousness, so they are blessed”
|
||
5:10 mxri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
|
||
5:10 bqu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom people persecute”
|
||
5:10 hfox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they act justly”
|
||
5:10 f3li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated the same clause in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to them” or “they belong in the kingdom of the heavens”
|
||
5:11 ohjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοί ἐστε ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσιν καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “When they insult you and persecute you and say every evil thing against you falsely because of me, you are blessed”
|
||
5:11 t5kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοί ἐστε 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless you” or “How good it is for you”
|
||
5:11 m65m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὀνειδίσωσιν 1 Here, the word **they** refers to any people who mistreat Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “others insult” or “some people insult”
|
||
5:11 mflf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶν 1 Jesus says **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many” or “all kinds of”
|
||
5:11 eez3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 When Jesus says **because of me**, he means that people will persecute them because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples” or “because you believe in me”
|
||
5:12 jegd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; οὕτως γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν 1 Here Jesus gives a command followed by two reasons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange these clauses so that one or both reasons come before the command. Alternate translation: “In fact, in this way they persecuted the prophets before you. Also, great is your reward in the heavens. So, rejoice and be very glad”
|
||
5:12 ssk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 The terms **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad”\n
|
||
5:12 bpwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** indicates where God is currently keeping the **reward**. It does not indicate where people will receive the **reward**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that is stored in the heavens” or “that you will receive from the heavens”
|
||
5:12 wimk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another reason why Jesus’ disciples should rejoice, which is that they are like **the prophets** who served God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “and you should also rejoice because” or “and in fact,”
|
||
5:12 eh8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὕτως 1 Here, the word **this** refers back to what Jesus said in [5:11](../05/11.md) about how people mistreat his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in those same ways”
|
||
5:12 rh0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **before you** indicates that the **prophets** lived before the people to whom Jesus is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who lived before you did”
|
||
5:13 i3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus calls his disciples **salt** that seasons **the earth**. Just as **salt** makes food better in many ways, so Jesus’ disciples make the world better in many ways. However, just as **salt** that no longer functions properly is **thrown out** because it cannot be fixed, so Jesus’ disciples will be punished if they do not make the world better. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the earth. But if you are like salt that has lost its taste, how can you be made salty again? Just like that salt, you are good for nothing any longer. That salt will be thrown out to be trampled by men, and you will be punished in a similar way”\n
|
||
5:13 zctk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **salt** that seasons **the earth**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the salt that seasons the earth”
|
||
5:13 wxci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the word **earth** refers primarily to the people who live on the **earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “of the people on the earth” or “of all people”
|
||
5:13 k3u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν & τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι 1 Jesus means that it is possible for **salt** to lose **its taste**, and he is speaking about what can or cannot happen after **salt has lost its taste**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “suppose that the salt has lost its taste. With what”
|
||
5:13 yoif rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that no one can make ruined salt **salty** again. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “it cannot be made salty again!” or “it is not possible to make it salty again.”
|
||
5:13 h7z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἁλισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “might someone make it salty again”
|
||
5:13 ojrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only thing is it good for is, having been thrown out, to be trampled by men”
|
||
5:13 e7cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except, after people have thrown it out, for men to trample it”
|
||
5:13 ilya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “humans”
|
||
5:14 wgh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here Jesus calls his disciples **light** that illuminates **the world**. Just as **light** helps people know where they are and where to go, so Jesus’ disciples tell people the truth about God and Jesus. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “When you tell others about me, you are like lights that shine on the world”
|
||
5:14 eh93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **light** that illuminates **the world**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the light that shines on the world”
|
||
5:14 bz3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here, the word **world** refers primarily to the people who live in the **world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “of the people in the world” or “of all people”
|
||
5:14 bn28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 Here Jesus implicitly calls his disciples a **city** that is on a **hill**, so it **is not able to be hidden**. Just as everyone can see this city, so everyone can see what how Jesus’ disciples behave. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “When you do what is right, you are like a city being set on a hill that is not able to be hidden”
|
||
5:14 ny4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People cannot hide a city that they set on top of a hill”
|
||
5:15 rz4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Here Jesus implicitly calls his disciples a **a lamp**. However, he explains this figure of speech in the next verse, so you should not explain its meaning in this verse.
|
||
5:15 s5sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καίουσιν 1 The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “does anyone light”
|
||
5:15 uqpe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον 1 A **basket** is a large circular container that stores food or other items. If someone put **a lamp** under this kind of container, it would completely hide the light from the lamp. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in a box” or “under a container that hides its light”
|
||
5:15 c8el rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but rather they put it on”
|
||
5:15 hkm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of putting a lamp on a lampstand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and so” or “with the result that”
|
||
5:16 qhp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus speaks of proper behavior as if it were a **light** that could **shine**. He means that everyone notices and benefits from this proper behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let what you do be like a light that shines before men” or “Live your life before men”
|
||
5:16 nz8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Make sure that your light shines” or “Your light should shine”
|
||
5:16 l0kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “humans”
|
||
5:16 f9uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, the phrase **in such a way** refers back to what Jesus said in [5:15](../05/15.md) about a lamp shining on everyone in a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as that lamp shines”
|
||
5:16 iiu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,”\n
|
||
5:16 ouqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God **the Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
|
||
5:17 jirt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθον -1 Here, the phrase **I came** refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I came to this world … I came to this world” or “I am acting … I am acting”
|
||
5:17 d30i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προφήτας -1 The word **law** is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word **prophets** is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any part of the Scriptures, either the Law or the Prophets”
|
||
5:17 gg3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 Here, **the prophets** represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets”
|
||
5:17 re9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I came not to destroy them. Rather, I came to fulfill them”
|
||
5:18 kgjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason or basis for Jesus’ statement that he did not come to destroy the Scriptures but to fulfill them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “That is because,”
|
||
5:18 cqiz ἀμὴν & λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
5:18 rpye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here Jesus refers to how **the heaven and the earth** that currently exist will pass away, and God will either renew them or make new ones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until this world ends” or “until God recreates the heaven and the earth”
|
||
5:18 cv3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, Jesus is referring to all of the created world by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all creation” or “the universe”
|
||
5:18 ylz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 A **jot** is a very small letter or character used in writing. A **tittle** is a small part of a letter or character. If your readers would not be familiar with these terms, you could use the names of the smallest parts of the writing system in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “one word or one part of a word” or “one character or stroke in a character”
|
||
5:18 v4wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 The terms **jot** and **tittle** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “one jot” or “one tittle”
|
||
5:18 ucl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
|
||
5:18 ah3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, the phrase **the law** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament Scriptures in general, just as the phrases “the law” and “the prophets” in [5:17](../05/17.md) refer to the Old Testament Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the law and the prophets” or “the Old Testament” (2) just the law, which is the first five books of the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Old Testament law” or “the law in the Scriptures”
|
||
5:18 ozda rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα γένηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “all things take place” or “they accomplish all things”
|
||
5:18 ya2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things** could refer to: (1) everything that is written in **the law**. Alternate translation: “all things written in the law” (2) everything that God has planned for this world and history. Alternate translation: “all things that God has planned” or “all things that will happen in this world”
|
||
5:19 dv5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς ἐὰν & λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. You may also need to rearrange the elements in the sentence. Alternate translation: “God will call least in the kingdom of the heavens anyone who annuls one of the least of these commandments and teaches men to do so”
|
||
5:19 uxz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος 1 Here, the word **least** identifies something that is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the most least important … least unimportant”
|
||
5:19 hxl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “others”
|
||
5:19 yc45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. You may also need to rearrange the elements in the sentence. Alternate translation: “But God will call great in the kingdom of the heavens anyone who does and teaches them”
|
||
5:20 zvia rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about how important it is to obey even the least important laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Even more,”
|
||
5:20 p2yq λέγω & ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
5:20 zqr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was contradicting a statement that he was about to make, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “you will only enter into the kingdom of the heavens if your righteousness abounds more than that of the scribes and Pharisees”
|
||
5:20 ipn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are more righteous than the scribes”
|
||
5:20 l3lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
|
||
5:21 y8lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Exodus 20:13](../exo/20/13.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:17](../deu/05/17.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the ancient ones were commanded in the law”
|
||
5:21 t6k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God said” or “Moses said”
|
||
5:21 nyud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here, the phrase **the ancient ones** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people to whom Jesus was speaking. The phrase most specifically refers to the Israelites who received the law at Mount Sinai. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites who lived long ago”
|
||
5:21 v7o5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐ φονεύσεις 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not kill”
|
||
5:21 zp63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations δ’ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces Jesus’ summary of what the law required when someone committed murder. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a form that clarifies that this is a summary, not a direct quotation from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “and they were told” or “and they followed this principle:”
|
||
5:21 mij2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Here Jesus implies that the person who **kills** deserves to be judged and also punished by other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment” or “deserves to be judged and punished”
|
||
5:21 niea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ κρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged” or “human authorities who will judge him or her”
|
||
5:22 p9fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:21](../05/21.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”
|
||
5:22 mg2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what “was said to the ancient ones” ([5:21](../05/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
|
||
5:22 d5nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with a fellow disciple … to a fellow disciple”
|
||
5:22 rbi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **his** and **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “his or her brother or sister” to indicate this.
|
||
5:22 popw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 See how you translated this clause in [5:21](../05/21.md). Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment” or “deserves to be judged and punished”
|
||
5:22 b08b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ κρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged” or “human authorities who will judge him or her”
|
||
5:22 hf7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἴπῃ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ, ῥακά, ἔνοχος ἔσται & εἴπῃ, μωρέ, ἔνοχος ἔσται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “calls his brother Raka will be subject to … says that someone is a fool will be subject”
|
||
5:22 w721 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ῥακά 1 **Raka** is a word borrowed from Aramaic. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Fool” or “Idiot”
|
||
5:22 qwdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ Συνεδρίῳ 1 Here Jesus implies that any person who calls **his brother** a bad name like **Raka** deserves to be judged and punished by **the council**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment by the council” or “deserves to be judged and punished by the council”
|
||
5:22 i9r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ 2 Here Jesus implies that the person is speaking to **his brother**, just as with the earlier examples in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And whoever says to his brother”
|
||
5:22 alfa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μωρέ 1 This is an insulting expression. Use an expression in your language that a person might use to insult another person. Alternate translation: “You are an idiot”
|
||
5:22 p42x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here Jesus implies that any person who calls a fellow disciple a **fool** deserves to be judged by God and punished in **the Gehenna of fire**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment in the Gehenna of fire” or “deserves to be judged by God and punished in the Gehenna of fire”
|
||
5:22 ryio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. The valley named **Gehenna** was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place of fire like the valley of Gehenna” or “fiery hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
|
||
5:22 xd6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **Gehenna** as a place that has much **fire**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the fiery Gehenna” or “the fires in Gehenna”
|
||
5:23 ck09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said about being angry and insulting fellow believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion. Alternate translation: “So” or “Because of that”
|
||
5:23 m0jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν & προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might be **at the altar** and **remember** that a **brother has something against** them. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: you are offering your gift at the altar, and there you remember that your brother has something against. If that were to happen”
|
||
5:23 he2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd προσφέρῃς & σου & μνησθῇς & σου & σοῦ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
5:23 chv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον 1 Here Jesus is referring to giving a **gift** to God at the **altar** in the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “your gift to God at the altar in the temple”
|
||
5:23 wh1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a fellow disciple”
|
||
5:23 zkec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “your brother or sister” to indicate this.
|
||
5:23 lrsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **has something against you** indicates that the **brother** has been offended or injured by **you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is upset with you” or “has been offended by you”
|
||
5:24 hxl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ἄφες & σου & ὕπαγε & διαλλάγηθι & σου & πρόσφερε & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
5:24 lrx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 Here Jesus implies that the person needs to **go** to his or her **brother**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “go to your brother”
|
||
5:24 q08w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν, πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου 1 Here Jesus emphasizes that these two events must happen in this sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could emphasize the sequence in another way. Alternate translation: “before you can come back and offer your gift, you need to be reconciled with your brother”
|
||
5:24 z9m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “reconcile with your brother” or “restore the relationship with your brother”
|
||
5:24 h4ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with that fellow disciple”
|
||
5:24 z0hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “with your brother or sister” to indicate this.
|
||
5:24 cxe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθὼν 1 Here Jesus implies that the person can to **come** back to the **altar**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come back to your gift at the altar”
|
||
5:24 aa4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
|
||
5:25 mhr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἴσθι εὐνοῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **agreement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Agree”
|
||
5:25 d3p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ἴσθι & σου & εἶ & σε & ὁ & βληθήσῃ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
5:25 sr9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου & ὁ ἀντίδικος 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe someone who accuses another person (“you”). If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the one who is accusing you … the one who is accusing you”
|
||
5:25 lr2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Here, **on the way** is referring to the time when the person and the person’s **accuser** are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you are walking with him on the road to the law court”
|
||
5:25 unun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
|
||
5:25 nev9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σε παραδῷ 1 Here, the phrase **hand you over** refers to putting someone under the authority and control of another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might transfer you” or “might entrust you”
|
||
5:25 pq6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge might hand you over to the officer”
|
||
5:25 gcm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 Here, **the officer** is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to one who carries out the judge’s orders”
|
||
5:25 drhp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 Here, the phrase **thrown into prison** refers to someone being locked up in **prison**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will be put into prison” or “you will be locked up in prison”
|
||
5:25 pzh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βληθήσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will throw you”
|
||
5:26 e5ip ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
5:26 uu76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοι, οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς & ἀποδῷς 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation.
|
||
5:26 l1xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
|
||
5:26 z8sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not go out”
|
||
5:26 z2mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην 1 Here Jesus implies that the “judge” required the person to pay a fine or give money to the person who accused him or her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until you have paid the last quadrans that the judge required”
|
||
5:26 zlil rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην 1 A **quadrans** was one of the smallest and least valuable coins in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about an eighth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands”
|
||
5:27 jxg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
|
||
5:27 u2d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Exodus 20:14](../exo/20/14.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:18](../deu/05/18.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”
|
||
5:27 dsek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐ μοιχεύσεις 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not commit adultery”
|
||
5:27 gdpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ μοιχεύσεις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not be an adulterer or adulteress” or “Do not do what is adulterous”
|
||
5:28 faww rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”
|
||
5:28 o6w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with the command he quoted in the previous verse ([5:27](../05/27.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
|
||
5:28 mchs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γυναῖκα 1 Here Jesus implies that this **woman** is not the man’s wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “another woman” or “a woman to whom he is not married”
|
||
5:28 y8sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν 1 Here, the phrase **to lust after her** could describe: (1) the purpose for which the man is **looking**. Alternate translation: “in order to lust after her” (2) the result of the man **looking**. Alternate translation: “with the result that he lusts after her”
|
||
5:28 z70s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has already become an adulterer” or “has already done what is adulterous”
|
||
5:28 glg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 In Matthew’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in his thoughts” or “in his desires”
|
||
5:29 g850 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a further development in what Jesus has been speaking about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
|
||
5:29 wm6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σε, ἔξελε & βάλε & σοῦ & σοι & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
5:29 ikp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might experience their **right eye** causing them **to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your right eye causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”\n
|
||
5:29 y0f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your right eye** as if it were a person who could cause **you to stumble**. He means that the **right eye** is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your right eye’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your right eye”
|
||
5:29 aro9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were **stumbling**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
|
||
5:29 v6jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even pluck it out and throw it away from you!”
|
||
5:29 xvdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why people should pluck out their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Indeed,”
|
||
5:29 v687 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 Here, the phrase **one of your members** refers to a body part. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one of your body parts”
|
||
5:29 x2dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of one of **your members** perishing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so” or “with the result that”
|
||
5:29 v1cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God would not throw your whole body into Gehenna”
|
||
5:29 cxyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γέενναν 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. Translate the name as you did in [5:22](../05/22.md). Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
|
||
5:30 wtyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 This verse means basically the same thing as the previous verse, but Jesus uses the example of a **right hand** instead of a “right eye.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word other than **and** to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Here is another example:”
|
||
5:30 llw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σε, ἔκκοψον & βάλε & σοῦ & σοι & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
5:30 zx8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might experience their **right hand** causing them **to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clause in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your right hand causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”\n
|
||
5:30 klwl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your right hand** as if it were a person who could cause **you to stumble**. He means that the **right hand** is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. See how you translated the similar clause in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “it is your right hand’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your right hand”
|
||
5:30 qqom rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
|
||
5:30 qs74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar command in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even cut it off and throw it away from you!”
|
||
5:30 xtus rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why people should cut off their hands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Indeed,”
|
||
5:30 pdkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 Here, the phrase **one of your members** refers to a body part. See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “one of your body parts”\n
|
||
5:30 r4d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of one of **your members** perishing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so” or “with the result that”
|
||
5:30 i3yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your whole body** as if it were a person who could **go into Gehenna**. He means that the person ends up in **Gehenna** with their **whole body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole body would not be sent into Gehenna” or “God would not throw your whole body into Gehenna”\n
|
||
5:30 wfbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γέενναν 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. Translate the name as you did in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
|
||
5:31 evxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
|
||
5:31 dh23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
|
||
5:31 dy9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus summarizes a command from the Old Testament scriptures, which can be found in [Deuteronomy 24:1](../deu/24/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”
|
||
5:31 h5nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **sends his wife away** refers to a man divorcing his wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “separates from his wife”
|
||
5:31 mibe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p δότω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he needs to give”
|
||
5:31 gagq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀποστάσιον 1 A **certificate of divorce** is a written document that makes the divorce official. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of document, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a written paper that testifies to the divorce”
|
||
5:32 nodq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:31](../05/31.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”
|
||
5:32 zl66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with the command he quoted in the previous verse ([5:31](../05/31.md)). See how you translated the same phrase in [5:28](../05/28.md). Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
|
||
5:32 j2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only time a man is allowed to divorce his wife is when there is a report of sexual immorality. Otherwise, when he divorces her, he causes her to commit adultery”
|
||
5:32 xp5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λόγου πορνείας 1 Here Jesus implies that the **report** is about the wife having done something that is sexually immoral. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a report that she has been sexually immoral”
|
||
5:32 fi3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πορνείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **immorality**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning what is sexually immoral” or “of sexually immoral behavior”
|
||
5:32 c899 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **causes her to commit adultery** could imply that: (1) the wife marries again, since that was expected in Matthew’s culture. When she does, she commits adultery. Alternate translation: “causes her to commit adultery when she marries another man” (2) the man marries again, since that was expected in Matthew’s culture. When he does, he makes his previous wife the victim of **adultery**. Alternate translation: “commits adultery against her when he marries another woman”
|
||
5:32 k3oj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μοιχευθῆναι & μοιχᾶται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to become an adulteress … becomes an adulterer” or “to do what is adulterous … does what is adulterous”
|
||
5:32 zai7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the woman’s husband. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her”
|
||
5:33 ztzy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases πάλιν 1 Here, the word **Again** introduces a new group of contrasts between what the disciples have heard and what Jesus says to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a second, similar section, or you could leave **Again** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further” or “Even more”
|
||
5:33 nfvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here Jesus summarizes several commands in the Old Testament that require people to do what they promised to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Jesus is summarizing commands from the Old Testament Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the ancient ones were commanded in the law”
|
||
5:33 fk86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God declared” or “Moses said”
|
||
5:33 m4lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here, the phrase **the ancient ones** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people to whom Jesus was speaking. The phrase most specifically refers to the Israelites who received the law at Mount Sinai. See how you translated the phrase in [5:21](../05/21.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites who lived long ago”
|
||
5:33 qkme rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not break an oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord”
|
||
5:33 ic29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις 1 Here, the command **Do not break an oath** could be forbidding people from: (1) swearing to do something and then not doing it. Alternate translation: “Do not fail to accomplish what you said in an oath” (2) swearing that something is true when it is not true. Alternate translation: “Do not swear falsely” or “Do not use an oath to say that something false is actually true”
|
||
5:33 tk9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here the word **but** introduces what to do instead of breaking an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but instead”
|
||
5:33 f6zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀποδώσεις & τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Here, the phrase **carry out your oaths to the Lord** means that people do to do what they promised **the Lord** that they would do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “accomplish what you said in your oath to the Lord”
|
||
5:34 dqgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:33](../05/33.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is adding new information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”
|
||
5:34 idtm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I tell you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what “was said to the ancient ones” ([5:33](../05/33.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this: do not swear” or “here is what you need to know: do not swear”
|
||
5:34 nldv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅλως; μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear **by heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “at all. Heaven is the throne of God, so do not swear by it”
|
||
5:34 u7su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **heaven** as if it were **the throne of God**. He means that **heaven** is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “it is where God’s throne is” or “it is the place from which God rules”
|
||
5:35 e7z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ, ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear **by the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “and the earth is a footstool for his feet, so do not swear by it either”
|
||
5:35 mvcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **the earth** as if it were **a footstool for his feet**. He means that **the earth** is a place over which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “it is where God exercises his authority” or “it is the place over which God rules”
|
||
5:35 uhvy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μήτε εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear **by Jerusalem**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “and Jerusalem is the city of the great King, so do not swear by it either”
|
||
5:35 hqn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession πόλις & τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **city** that belongs to **the great King**. It is the **city** where **the great King** is present in a special way. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the city where the great King is present” or “the city that the great King possesses”
|
||
5:35 hsk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 Here Jesus implies that **the great King** is God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the great King, God”
|
||
5:36 l9c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear by their **head**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “Also, you are not able to make one hair on your head white or black, so you should not swear by your head”
|
||
5:36 gbwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου ὀμόσῃς & οὐ δύνασαι 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
5:36 z5vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μίαν τρίχα 1 Here Jesus implies that this **hair** is on a person’s head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one hair on your head”
|
||
5:37 v8ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1
|
||
5:37 iqqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἔστω & ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your word should be” or “you should only say”
|
||
5:37 hjrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν 1 Here, **word** represents what a person says using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you say”
|
||
5:37 opmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ 1 Here Jesus implies that a person is using the word **yes** to make a promise to say or do something and the word **no** to make a promise not to say or do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “‘yes I will’ or ‘no I will not’”
|
||
5:37 gbni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ & περισσὸν τούτων 1 Here Jesus is referring to saying anything more than **yes** or **no** when making a promise. He is particularly referring to swearing an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “using more words in your promise” or “including an oath”
|
||
5:37 l664 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** could refer to: (1) the devil, or Satan. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) **evil** in general. Alternate translation: “evil” or “what is evil”
|
||
5:38 zar1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
|
||
5:38 n50o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. These words can be found in [Exodus 21:24](../exo/21/24.md); [Leviticus 24:20](../lev/24/20.md); and [Deuteronomy 19:21](../deu/19/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”
|
||
5:38 og6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 Here Jesus implies that this command deals with the proper way to punish people when they injure others. The command indicates that the punishment should match what the person did to hurt another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “If someone injured another person’s eye, his or her eye should be injured as punishment; if someone injured another person’s tooth, his or her tooth should be injured as punishment” or “If you hurt someone’s eye, your eye will be hurt; if you hurt someone’s tooth, your tooth will be hurt”
|
||
5:39 gu6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:38](../05/38.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is adding new information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”
|
||
5:39 xjgo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ ἀντιστῆναι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I tell you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what he quoted in the previous verse ([5:38](../05/38.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this: do not resist” or “here is what you need to know: do not resist”
|
||
5:39 eiqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀντιστῆναι 1 Here, the word **resist** could refer to: (1) trying to stop someone from doing something. Alternate translation: “to oppose” (2) trying to fight back or get revenge. Alternate translation: “to fight back against” or “to get revenge on”
|
||
5:39 qrx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ πονηρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** could refer to: (1) any person who acts in **evil** ways. Alternate translation: “an evil person” or “any person who is evil” (2) any action or thing that is **evil**. Alternate translation: “anything evil” or “evil actions”
|
||
5:39 oslz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὅστις σε ῥαπίζει εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα, στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes you on the right cheek, you should to turn him the other also”
|
||
5:39 kgnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σε & στρέψον 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this sentence. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation.
|
||
5:39 i13f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 Here Jesus implies that turning the **other** cheek **to him** will allow the person to strike this **other** cheek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “turn to him the other so that he can strike it also”
|
||
5:39 ztvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to him or her”
|
||
5:40 d5pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo τῷ θέλοντί σοι κριθῆναι καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if someone wants to have judgment passed upon you and to take away your tunic, you should let him also have your cloak”
|
||
5:40 gr2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σοι κριθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to have someone judge you” or “you to be judged”
|
||
5:40 rkhi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοι & σου & ἄφες & τὸ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
5:40 fcgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν 1 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of **judgment** being **passed upon you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the result that he takes away your tunic”
|
||
5:40 t9f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον 1 The **tunic** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **tunic** for warmth and could be used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these kinds of garments, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “inner garment … outer garment”\n
|
||
5:40 ckn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
|
||
5:41 hv2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὅστις σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if someone compels you to go one mile, you should go with him two”
|
||
5:41 i867 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σε ἀγγαρεύσει 1 Here, the phrase **compel you to go** refers to a person in authority forcing someone else to carry his or her pack or belongings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “will force you to carry their pack for” or “will make you act as their porter for”
|
||
5:41 bmme rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σε & ὕπαγε 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation.
|
||
5:41 i86s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance μίλιον ἕν 1 Here, **one mile** refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. In modern measurements, this is about 4,860 feet or 1,480 meters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. It is not important to the meaning of the passage be precise about the distance, so you could use round numbers. Alternate translation: “1,500 meters” or “one kilometer” or “5,000 feet”
|
||
5:41 zv6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles”
|
||
5:41 s4kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
|
||
5:42 i90h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε, δός 1 Here Jesus does not specify what the person is **asking** for or what should be given. He does this to include many things that a person might ask for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a generic or general object. Alternate translation: “Give to the one asking you for anything” or “When a person asks you for anything, give it to him or her”
|
||
5:42 qkit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σε, δός & σοῦ & μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation.
|
||
5:42 h6j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 Here Jesus speaks of refusing to help someone as if it were turning away from that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not refuse” or “do not reject”
|
||
5:42 znk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δανίσασθαι 1 Here, the word **borrow** usually indicates borrowing money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to borrow money”
|
||
5:43 fp6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
|
||
5:43 cyz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. The words **Love your neighbor** are from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). The words **hate your enemy** are what some people would say in addition to the quotation from the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “people often quote the law by saying”\n
|
||
5:43 ufba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου, καὶ μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν σου 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, love your neighbor and hate your enemy”
|
||
5:43 itz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν πλησίον σου & τὸν ἐχθρόν σου 1 The words **neighbor** and **enemy** represent neighbors and enemies in general, not one particular neighbor or enemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “each of your neighbors … each of your enemies”
|
||
5:43 tqj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν πλησίον σου 1 Here Jesus refers to any member of one’s community or group as a **neighbor**. He is not referring just to people who live nearby. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “everyone who belongs to your group”
|
||
5:44 tudc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:43](../05/43.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what God said about loving neighbors, but he is contradicting what some people say about hating enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”
|
||
5:44 vq8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what he quoted in the previous verse ([5:43](../05/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
|
||
5:44 ogqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ προσεύχεσθε 1 Many ancient manuscripts only include these two commands in this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the commands “bless the ones cursing you, do good to the ones hating you” between the words **enemies** and **and**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.\n
|
||
5:45 ir75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for loving enemies and praying for persecutors (see [5:44](../05/44.md)) is to **be sons of your Father**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”
|
||
5:45 my3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical **Father**. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God, which indicates that they act or behave like God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spiritual sons of your spiritual Father” or “like God, whom you can call your Father”
|
||
5:45 jzu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for the first person in the Trinity. He is the **Father** also of Jesus.
|
||
5:45 syjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God **the Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
|
||
5:45 sxvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why those who treat their enemies well will **be sons** of their **Father**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You will be his sons because” or “That is because”
|
||
5:45 hwxb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς & δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους 1 In the first clause, Jesus mentions the wicked person first, but in the second clause he mentions the wicked person second. This structure sounded good in his culture. If your language would not use this structure, you could consistently refer to either the wicked or the good person first. Alternate translation: “the good and the evil … the just and the unjust” or “the evil and the good … the unjust and the just”
|
||
5:45 qj7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς & δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **evil**, **good**, **just**, and **unjust** as nouns to mean people who are characterized by these qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “evil people and good people … just people and unjust people”
|
||
5:46 qjwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces further support for Jesus’ command to love enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces support for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should love your enemies because” or “You should do what I am saying since”
|
||
5:46 se4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that people who only love others who love them will not receive any **reward**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you have no reward.” or “there is no reward for you!”
|
||
5:46 cb77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that even **tax collectors**, who were often considered to be unloving people, love people who love them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same.” or “Even tax collectors do that very thing!”
|
||
5:47 qpvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow disciples” or “other believers”
|
||
5:47 ebw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this.
|
||
5:47 ba6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that people who **greet** only their **brothers** do not do anything **more**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you do nothing more.” or “you have not done anything more!”
|
||
5:47 ah5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περισσὸν 1 Here Jesus implies that they are not doing anything **more** than people who do not know God do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more than anyone else” or “more than people who do not know God”
|
||
5:47 cjkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that even **Gentiles**, who do not know God, greet their friends. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Even the Gentiles do the same thing.” or “Even Gentiles do that very thing!”
|
||
5:48 x9xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been telling his disciples about how to live. He could be concluding everything he said in [5:21–47](../05/21.md), or he could concluding only what he said in [5:43–47](../05/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So then” or “In summary”
|
||
5:48 l6pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”
|
||
6:intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n * Giving alms (6:1–4)\n * Praying to God (6:5–15)\n * Fasting (6:16–18)\n * Storing up treasure (6:19–21)\n * The eye and the body (6:22–23)\n * Two masters (6:24)\n * Being anxious (6:25–34)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the prayer in [6:9–13](../06/09.md).\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Giving alms\n\nGiving alms was an important practice for religious people in Jesus’ culture. To give alms, a person would offer money or possessions to other people who were poor or in need. Sometimes they would give the money or possessions directly to poor people. Other times, they would give it to the priests, who would give to poor people. Make sure that your translation refers to this kind of practice.\n\n### “The Lord’s Prayer”\n\nIn [6:9–13](../06/09.md), Jesus speaks a prayer that he wants his disciples to imitate when they pray. The prayer is very poetic, and it is sometimes called “the Lord’s Prayer.” Many churches use this prayer during their meetings, and the form that churches use is often not the same form that Matthew wrote down. If churches already use a form of this prayer in your language, you could use the same words. However, you should follow the form of the prayer as Mathew wrote it down, and you should not include any extra lines or pieces of the prayer beyond what Matthew included. \n\n### Fasting\n\nIn [6:16–18](../06/16.md), Jesus gives instructions related to fasting. Just as with giving alms, fasting was an important practice for religious people in Jesus’ culture. Fasting usually required avoiding all food and drink, but some kinds of fasting only required avoiding certain kinds of food. Also, some fasts were public (that is, many people fasted on these set days) and some fasts were private (that is, individuals would choose to fast for certain reasons). Many fasts lasted part of a day or a full day. Jesus does not condemn fasting; instead, he gives instructions for how to behave while fasting. Make sure that your translation refers to these kinds of practices.\n\n### Storing up treasures\n\nIn [6:19–21](../06/19.md), Jesus speaks about storing up treasures either on earth or in heaven. He is speaking not only of possessions or money but also of anything that one considers to be valuable. Jesus points out that valuable things in heaven cannot be ruined like valuable things on earth can. Also, he states that a person’s “heart” is where they store their treasures. If possible, use a word for “treasure” that can refer to money, possessions, and any other valuable things. \n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The lamp and light metaphor in [6:22–23](../06/22.md)\n\nIn these verses, Jesus speaks about eyes as if they were lamps for the body. This figure of speech has two pieces to it. First, Jesus speaks of how bodies work using the metaphor of lamps and light. Second, Jesus speaks of Christian living using the metaphor of how bodies work. It is important to consider both of these pieces as you translate these verses.\n\nFirst, Jesus speaks of how bodies work using the metaphor of lamps and light. There are two major options for understanding what Jesus means when he refers to an eye as the lamp of the body. First, in Matthew’s culture, some people thought that eyes worked by sending out a form of light that would shine on what they saw. In this case, eyes are like lamps because they have light inside them that shines out. So, the whole body is light or dark inside based on whether the eyes shine properly. Second, the eyes could be like windows that let light into the body. Since they let light into a place, they are like lamps. So, the whole body is light or dark inside based on whether the eyes let light in. Consider how you might best express one of these meanings while maintaining the light and dark language, which is very important for understanding the figure of speech. \n\nSecond, Jesus speaks of Christian life using the metaphor of how bodies work. Scholars debate what Jesus means when he talks about a “healthy eye” and “light” in contrast to an “evil eye” and “darkness.” He might mean devotion to God in contrast to evil desires. He might mean generosity in contrast to greed and selfishness. He might mean paying attention to what he is saying in contrast to ignoring his instructions. Since Jesus most likely intended this figure of speech to be like a riddle or puzzle, you should retain the body metaphor. If necessary, you could indicate that this is a figure of speech without stating exactly what it means. \n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [6:25–28](../06/25.md) and [6:30](../06/30.md), Jesus uses rhetorical questions. He asks these questions to include the disciples in what he is arguing, not because he is looking for information. If your language does not use questions in this way, you could include answers to the questions or you could express them as statements or exclamations. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using “you” in the singular and “you” in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he uses the singular, he is speaking about specific situations that each person in the crowd might experience. When he uses the plural, he is speaking generally to the crowd as a whole. You should assume that Jesus is using plural forms of “you” unless a note specifies that the forms are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||
6:1 zvn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”\n
|
||
6:1 bgc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous” or “your righteous deeds”
|
||
6:1 p335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “before men and women”
|
||
6:1 z7ts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **to be seen** refers to being recognized or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be praised” or “to be honored”
|
||
6:1 vvm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they see you”
|
||
6:1 jyir rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast εἰ δὲ μή γε 1 Here, the word **otherwise** introduces a contrast that specifies what will happen if people disobey the command in the first part of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but if you disobey this command” or “because if you do act in that way”
|
||
6:1 juj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Πατρὶ ὑμῶν 1 Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical **Father**. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you”\n
|
||
6:1 x9wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
|
||
6:2 qg4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **So** introduces an application of the general principle that Jesus gave in [6:1](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”
|
||
6:2 dcwv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ποιῇς & μὴ σαλπίσῃς & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **yourself** are singular throughout this sentence. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **yourself** in your translation.
|
||
6:2 g834 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) how people actually had someone with a **trumpet** announce that they were giving **alms**. This would be an extreme example of calling attention to oneself. Alternate translation: “do not have someone with a trumpet announce it before you” (2) how people draw attention to how they give **alms**, and he describes it as if they were sounding a **trumpet**. Alternate translation: “do not draw attention to yourself” or “do not announce it publicly, as if you were using a trumpet,”
|
||
6:2 d8kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 Here Jesus implies that people would have someone else **sound a trumpet** in front of them as they went to **give alms**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do not have someone sound a trumpet in front of you”
|
||
6:2 bc9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις 1 These locations were public places where many people would hear the **trumpet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in public areas like synagogues and streets”
|
||
6:2 dk6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that men may glorify them”
|
||
6:2 snan rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “humans”
|
||
6:2 uh89 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
6:2 q6dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Here Jesus means that they have received their entire **reward** from **men**, and God will not reward them any further. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”
|
||
6:3 z4c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοῦ & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
6:3 t3s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ποιοῦντος ἐλεημοσύνην 1 Here, the phrase **giving alms** identifies the situation in which people should follow this command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this relationship clearer. Alternate translation: “whenever you give alms” or “as you are giving alms”
|
||
6:3 vca2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου 1 Here Jesus speaks of **your left hand** and **your right hand** as if they were people who could **know** and do things on their own. He means that **giving alms** should be done so secretly that even other body parts, if they could know things, would not know about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not yet your best friend know what you are doing” or “do it so privately that, if your left hand were a person, it would not know what you had done”
|
||
6:4 jvju rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which the disciples should give alms privately. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”
|
||
6:4 iio4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ σου 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father,”
|
||
6:5 m54u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you προσεύχῃ, οὐκ ἔσεσθε 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this sentence (the word **you** in the second sentence is plural). But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation.
|
||
6:5 d6t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φιλοῦσιν & ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι 1 Here Jesus that they **love to pray** in public places, not simply that they **love to pray** in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they love to pray publicly, for example standing”
|
||
6:5 hh45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν 1 These locations were public places where many people would hear the prayers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in public areas like synagogues and the corners of the streets”
|
||
6:5 rzpj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may see them”
|
||
6:5 c3tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φανῶσιν 1 Here Jesus implies not only that these people want to be **seen** but also that they want to be honored or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they may be seen and honored” or “they may be seen and praised”
|
||
6:5 ub7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “humans”
|
||
6:5 t44t ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
6:5 s8vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Here Jesus means that they have received their entire **reward** from men, and God will not reward them any further. See how you translated this clause in [6:2](../06/02.md). Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”
|
||
6:6 yb5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὺ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But you** introduces what Jesus wants each of his disciples to do in contrast to what the “hypocrites” do, which he described in the previous verse ([6:5](../06/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “As for you, however”
|
||
6:6 ef9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σὺ & εἴσελθε & σου & σου, πρόσευξαι & σου & σου & σοι 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
6:6 dqv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ταμεῖόν σου 1 The **inner chamber** was a small, private room in a house. It could be a bedroom or a storage room. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of room, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “your private area” or “your own room”
|
||
6:6 kkn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου & ὁ Πατήρ σου 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is your Father, … God, who is your Father,”
|
||
6:6 agxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **your Father in secret** could mean that: (1) the **Father** is present even when a person prays **in secret**. Alternate translation: “to your Father who is with you in secret” (2) the **Father** himself is **in secret**, which means that no one can see or observe him. Alternate translation: “to your Father, whom no one can see” (3) the disciple should pray **in secret**. Alternate translation: “in secret to your Father”
|
||
6:7 t9p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases προσευχόμενοι δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces Jesus’ next teaching about **praying**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces another teaching, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for what to say when you pray” or “As for when you are praying”
|
||
6:7 hw30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 Here, the phrase **make useless repetitions** could refer to: (1) repeating words. Alternate translation: “do not repeat your words” (2) using meaningless words. Alternate translation: “do not use meaningless words”
|
||
6:7 yp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repetitions**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not repeat yourself in useless ways”
|
||
6:7 z0v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ ἐθνικοί 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles do”
|
||
6:7 y8dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why **the Gentiles** make **repetitions** when they pray. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “which they do because”
|
||
6:7 a8ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be the gods to whom they are praying. Alternate translation: “their gods will hear them”
|
||
6:8 h0ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus implied in the previous verse. He implied that repeating words does not cause God to listen, and so (**Therefore**) his disciples should not act like the “Gentiles,” who repeats words when they pray. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Since they are not heard because of their repetitions” or “Because they are wrong about that”
|
||
6:8 wdj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ & ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς 1 When Jesus says that his disciples should **not be like them**, he means that his disciples should not pray as they do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you should not pray in the ways that they pray”
|
||
6:8 isih rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why Jesus’ disciples should not repeat themselves as the Gentiles do. Jesus tells them that God already knows what they need, so they do not need to worry about being heard, as the Gentiles do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “since”
|
||
6:8 nv9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is your Father,”
|
||
6:8 ijs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν 1 Here Jesus implies that his disciples are asking God about the **need** that they have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before you ask him about that need”
|
||
6:9 m87a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has said about prayer in [6:5–8](../06/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then” or “In the end”
|
||
6:9 sxsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Πάτερ ἡμῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is our Father”
|
||
6:9 l9ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 By **Our**, Jesus means himself and his disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||
6:9 sc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the **Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
|
||
6:9 ffn0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we want your name to be honored” or “we pray that your name is honored”
|
||
6:9 knx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “let people honor your name”
|
||
6:9 tqm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, the word **name** refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on who that person is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you yourself” or “who you are”
|
||
6:9 syaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου 1 Since Jesus is praying to God the Father, the word **your** here is singular.
|
||
6:10 n67c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we want your kingdom to come, we want your will to be done” or “we pray that your kingdom comes, we pray that your will is done”
|
||
6:10 v7mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 Here Jesus speaks as if God’s **kingdom** were a person who could **come**. He means that disciples should pray for God to establish or begin his **kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let your kingdom grow” or “Let your kingdom begin”
|
||
6:10 wrox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου -1 Since Jesus is praying to God the Father, the word **your** here is singular.
|
||
6:10 pdc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “let all people do your will” or “let your will take place”
|
||
6:10 rtnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you desire”
|
||
6:10 pv3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς 1 Here Jesus implies that God’s **will** is always done **in heaven**, and believers should pray that this will also be true **on earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on earth, just as it already is done in heaven”
|
||
6:11 kevh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative δὸς ἡμῖν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you give us”
|
||
6:11 a40p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 Here, the word **daily** means that the **bread** is the amount a person needs each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “our bread for this day” or “the bread that we need today”
|
||
6:11 dft8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 Jesus refers to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what we eat daily”
|
||
6:12 a9na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἄφες ἡμῖν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you forgive us”
|
||
6:12 yi9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 A **debt** is what one person owes another person. A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. Jesus is not speaking primarily about money, however. He is referring to when people do not act properly or rightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “sins … those who sin against us” or “the wrong things we have done … people who have wronged us”
|
||
6:12 c7m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **debtors** who are in debt to the people praying this prayer. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people in debt to us”
|
||
6:13 kj0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you do not bring us into temptation, but that you deliver us from the evil one”
|
||
6:13 jswb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **temptation** were a location that someone could **bring** someone else into. He means that believers should pray that God would keep them out of situations where they might experience **temptation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not allow us to experience” or “keep us away from”
|
||
6:13 l8u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not allow us to be tempted”
|
||
6:13 cdk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast with being brought **into temptation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “instead,” or “rather,”
|
||
6:13 r6v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** could refer to: (1) the devil, or Satan. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “evil” or “what is evil”
|
||
6:13 zfsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Many ancient manuscripts only include these two clauses in this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include as part of the prayer the following sentences after **the evil one**: “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
|
||
6:14 g4fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said about forgiveness in [6:12](../06/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should pray in that way because” or “Indeed,”
|
||
6:14 xvfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
|
||
6:14 z79a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when they trespass”
|
||
6:14 v7ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”\n
|
||
6:15 lk8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the men and women”
|
||
6:15 xh6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated the phrase **your Father** in the previous verse ([6:14](../06/14.md)). Alternate translation: “your Father, God,”
|
||
6:15 pi3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you when you trespass”
|
||
6:16 g65p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
|
||
6:16 hpz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταὶ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as the hypocrites are mournful”
|
||
6:16 xv6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 This phrase could refer how the **hypocrites** would: (1) make **their faces** look unusual. This could refer to intentionally looking sad or tired, or it could refer to making their faces dirty. Alternate translation: “they make their faces look distressed” or “they make their faces dirty” (2) wear something to cover **their faces**. Alternate translation: “they cover their faces”
|
||
6:16 gtdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες 1 Here Jesus implies not only that these people want to **be seen** but also that they want to be honored or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they may be seen and honored as fasting” or “they may be seen and praised as fasting”
|
||
6:16 za06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may see them as fasting”
|
||
6:16 l5bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “by men and women” or “by humans”
|
||
6:16 n3ez ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
6:16 ix6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Here Jesus means that they have received their entire **reward** from **men**, and God will not reward them any further. See how you translated this clause in [6:2](../06/02.md). Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”
|
||
6:17 zou5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὺ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But you** introduces what Jesus wants each of his disciples to do in contrast to what the “hypocrites” do, which he described in the previous verse ([6:16](../06/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “As for you, however”
|
||
6:17 c20j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σὺ & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
6:17 k283 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι 1 Here, to **anoint** the **head** and to **wash** the **face** is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use similar phrases that refer to normal bodily care, or you could use a general statement. Alternate translation: “comb your hair and wash your face as you normally do” or “take care of yourself as you usually do”
|
||
6:18 urwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which the disciples should anoint their heads and wash their faces ([6:17](../06/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”
|
||
6:18 gbty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd μὴ φανῇς & σου & σου & σοι 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
6:18 s4kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ φανῇς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may not see you as fasting”
|
||
6:18 trc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 Here, much as in [6:6](../06/06.md), the phrase **your Father in secret** could mean that: (1) the **Father** is present even when a person fasts **in secret**. Alternate translation: “by your Father who is with you in secret” (2) the **Father** himself is **in secret**, which means that no one can see or observe him. Alternate translation: “by your Father, whom no one can see” (3) the disciple should fast **in secret**. Alternate translation: “in secret by your Father”
|
||
6:18 m56a rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου & ὁ Πατήρ σου 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “by God, who is your Father, … God, who is your Father”
|
||
6:19 tqc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σὴς 1 A **moth** is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of insect, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “insects that eat your belongings” or “flies”
|
||
6:19 czl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun σὴς 1 The word **moth** represents moths in general, not one particular **moth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you use a form that refers to moths in general. Alternate translation: “moths”
|
||
6:19 z9wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βρῶσις 1 Here, the word translated **rust** refers most generally to anything that destroys things by eating them or corroding them. The word could more specifically refer to: (1) how metals corrode. Alternate translation: “corrosion” (2) how insects, especially worms, eat cloth and food. Alternate translation: “worms” or “bugs”
|
||
6:19 mxsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διορύσσουσιν 1 Here, the phrase **break in** refers to how **thieves** force their way into private buildings in order to **steal**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “break in to houses”
|
||
6:20 v5tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις 1 See how you translated these words in [6:19](../06/19.md). Alternate translation: “neither flies nor corrosion”
|
||
6:20 lk51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ διορύσσουσιν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:19](../06/19.md). Alternate translation: “do not break in to houses”
|
||
6:21 jdx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples should store up treasure in heaven (see [6:20](../06/20.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should store up treasure in heaven because” or “I say that because”
|
||
6:21 aujv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου, ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses. Alternate translation: “your heart will be where your treasure is”
|
||
6:21 nkqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 Here Jesus speaks as if a person’s **heart** could be somewhere besides in the person’s body. He means that the person’s **heart** will be focused on that place and what is in that place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there will your heart be focused” or “there will your heart be directed”
|
||
6:21 b74q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία σου 1 In Matthew’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “your desires” or “your attention”\n
|
||
6:22 sbl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 Here Jesus describes **the eye** as if it were a **lamp**. Since Jesus develops this image in the following sentences, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The sentence could mean: (1) that **the eye** enables a person to see, just as a **lamp** enables a person to see. Alternate translation: “The eye is like a lamp for the body” or “Just as a lamp shines on things, so your eye sees those things” (2) that **the eye** receives light, which is like light from a **lamp**. Alternate translation: “The eye lets light from a lamp into the body” or “When a lamp sends out light, the eye receives that light into the body”
|
||
6:22 gck3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The words **body** and **eye** represent bodies and eyes in general, not one particular **body** and **eye**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The lamps of people’s bodies are their eyes”
|
||
6:22 g215 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation.
|
||
6:22 b794 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου 1 In this verse, the word **eye** is singular in form, but it refers to both of the person’s eyes as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “your eyes are”
|
||
6:22 m256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἁπλοῦς 1 Here, the word **healthy** could mean that the **eye** is: (1) functioning properly. Alternate translation: “sound” or “working well” (2) focused on one thing. Alternate translation: “focused” or “attentive to one thing”
|
||
6:22 hvrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the **whole body** were **full of light**. Since this statement develops the idea of the **lamp**, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The clause could mean: (1) that the **whole body** experiences the benefits of the **eye** working properly. Alternate translation: “your whole body receives the benefits, as if the eye shone on the whole body” (2) that a **healthy** eye shows that the **whole body** is healthy. Alternate translation: “that shows that your whole body is healthy, as if it were full of light from your eye”
|
||
6:22 fadj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔσται 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to indicate that the **body** being **full of light** is the logical result of the **eye** being **healthy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural in a general statement like this one. Alternate translation: “is”
|
||
6:22 piis rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φωτεινὸν 1 Here, the phrase **full of light** could mean that the **body**: (1) experiences **light**. Alternate translation: “illuminated” (2) shines with **light**. Alternate translation: “shining with light”
|
||
6:23 idbj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σου & σοὶ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
6:23 gv1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου & ᾖ 1 In this verse, the word **eye** is singular in form, but it refers to both of the person’s eyes as a group. See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:22](../06/22.md). Alternate translation: “your eyes are”
|
||
6:23 ld02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πονηρὸς 1 Here, the word **evil** could mean that the **eye** is: (1) damaged or functioning improperly. Alternate translation: “unhealthy” or “working poorly” (2) focused on what is evil or selfish. Alternate translation: “wicked” or “attentive only to yourself”
|
||
6:23 dl86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the **whole body** were **full of darkness**. Since this statement continues to develop the idea of the lamp, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The clause could mean: (1) that the **whole body** is injured when the **eye** does not work properly. Alternate translation: “your whole body is injured, as if the eye were not shining on the whole body” (2) that an **evil** eye shows that the **whole body** is evil. Alternate translation: “that shows that your whole body is evil, as if it were full of darkness”
|
||
6:23 hg9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔσται 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to indicate that the **body** being **full of light** is the logical result of the **eye** being **healthy**. See how you translated the similar form in [6:22](../06/22.md). Alternate translation: “is”
|
||
6:23 grpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σκοτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Here, the phrase **full of darkness** could mean that the **body**: (1) experiences **darkness**. Alternate translation: “will be darkened” (2) does not shine at all. Alternate translation: “will not shine at all”
|
||
6:23 pi01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σκοτεινὸν & σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον! 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fully dark … is dark, how very dark it is”
|
||
6:23 nny6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has said about eyes and lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “So then”
|
||
6:23 kvkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor εἰ & τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 Here Jesus concludes the figure of speech that uses lamps and light, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The sentence could mean: (1) that when the **eye** does not work properly, even the most healthy parts of the body are still negatively affected. Alternate translation: “if the parts least affected by unhealthy eyes are injured, how great is the injury” (2) that when the best things about a person (his or her **light**) are evil (**darkness**), then the worst things about that person are very evil. Alternate translation: “if what is best about you is evil, as if it were darkness, how evil are the worst things about you”
|
||
6:23 hzk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 Here Jesus means that what some people think of as **light** is actually **darkness**. In that case, what these people consider to be **darkness** is very **great** darkness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you consider to be light is actually darkness, how dark is what you consider to be darkness” or “what you call light is darkness, how great the darkness itself”
|
||
6:23 crag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 This is an exclamation that is emphasizing that **the darkness** is very **great**. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “the darkness is very great”
|
||
6:24 z5ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δυσὶ κυρίοις 1 The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of **two** different **masters** at the same time with equal loyalty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time”
|
||
6:24 ijn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, or you could combine the two clauses into one. Alternate translation: “for he will hate and despise the one and will love and be devoted to the other” or “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other”
|
||
6:24 shfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸν ἕνα & τὸν ἕτερον & ἑνὸς & τοῦ ἑτέρου 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **one** and **other** as nouns to refer to the two different masters. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these word with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one master … the other master … one master … the other master”
|
||
6:24 n3v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ δύνασθε 1 Here Jesus introduces the application of his general statement about **two masters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Similarly, you are not able”
|
||
6:24 zt2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **wealth** as if it were a person whom someone could serve. He means that it is impossible to focus on serving God and also to focus on becoming wealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and also focus on gaining wealth”
|
||
6:24 hjcn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μαμωνᾷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wealth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “money” or “focus on becoming wealthy”
|
||
6:25 s5uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **Because of this** introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus said in the previous verse about how it is not possible to serve both God and wealth ([6:24](../06/24.md)). In this verse, Jesus says that this means that his disciples should not worry about even basic things required for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “So” or “Therefore,”
|
||
6:25 bcan λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
|
||
6:25 pj1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν & ἡ ψυχὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being alive … being alive”
|
||
6:25 nt96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that **life** and **the body** are more important than **food** and **clothing**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body, than clothing” or “Life is certainly more than food, and the body, than clothing!”
|
||
6:25 f8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος 1 Here Jesus is making comparisons about value or importance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Is not life more valuable than food, and the body more valuable than clothing”
|
||
6:25 j412 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and is not the body more than clothing”
|
||
6:25 ntit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ σῶμα 1 The word **body** represents bodies in general, not one particular **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “bodies”
|
||
6:26 uk0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐμβλέψατε εἰς 1 Here, Jesus uses the phrase **Look at** to represent thinking about or considering something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Consider” or “Pay attention to”
|
||
6:26 jt75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **birds** that fly in **the sky**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the birds in the sky” or “the birds flying in the sky”
|
||
6:26 cn8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀποθήκας 1 The word **barns** refers to places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “places where food is stored”
|
||
6:26 a9w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”\n
|
||
6:26 nbm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that **you** are more important than **them**, the birds. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than them.” or “You are certainly more valuable than them!”
|
||
6:26 iien rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis αὐτῶν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “they are”
|
||
6:27 cm6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. The word does not introduce a contrast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Further,”
|
||
6:27 ivmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς & ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that people cannot add to their **lifespan** by **being anxious**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “none of you, being anxious, is able to add one cubit to his lifespan.” or “not one you, being anxious, can ever add one cubit to his lifespan!”
|
||
6:27 wp73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal μεριμνῶν 1 Here, the phrase **being anxious** provides the means by which a person might try to **add one cubit** to his or her **lifespan**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “by being anxious”
|
||
6:27 fr8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Here Jesus is speaking of a person’s **lifespan** as if it were measured in length rather than in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “is able to make his lifespan any longer” or “is able to add any time to his lifespan”
|
||
6:27 kub4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 A **cubit** is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture.
|
||
6:27 vkl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
|
||
6:28 erj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show his disciples that they should not be **anxious about clothing**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Further, you should not be anxious about clothing.” or “You should never be anxious about clothing!”
|
||
6:28 y06z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the parts of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Consider how the lilies of the field grow”
|
||
6:28 t16l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ κρίνα 1 The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you can use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the tulips” or “the blossoms”
|
||
6:28 blpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **lilies** that grow in **the field**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the lilies that you see in the field”
|
||
6:28 rz58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 The word **field** represents fields in general, not one particular **field**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the fields”
|
||
6:28 him2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οὐδὲ νήθουσιν 1 In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “nor do they make thread for cloth” or “nor do they make yarn for cloth”
|
||
6:29 dqe4 λέγω & ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
|
||
6:29 u7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before **Solomon**. Alternate translation: “as glorious as he was,”
|
||
6:29 ytdw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **glory** refers to how rich and famous Solomon was, with a special emphasis on his rich and beautiful clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with all his wealth and beautiful clothes” or “with all his wonderful possessions”
|
||
6:29 sqg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 Here Jesus means that even **Solomon** could not wear beautiful enough clothing to look as beautiful as **one** flower. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as beautifully as one of these flowers appears” or “in a way that was as glorious as one of these flowers”
|
||
6:30 d2dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. The word does not introduce a contrast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Further,”
|
||
6:30 o3ka rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “given that”
|
||
6:30 f7th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν 1 Here, the word **thus** refers back to what Jesus said in the previous verse about plants having more glory than Solomon ([6:29](../06/29.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God clothes the grass of the field like that” or “God clothes the grass of the field more gloriously than Solomon”
|
||
6:30 xykl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & ἀμφιέννυσιν 1 Jesus speaks of God making the **grass** beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “makes the grass of the field beautiful”
|
||
6:30 syz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **grass** that grows in **the field**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the grass that you see in the field”
|
||
6:30 uf36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χόρτον 1 While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term for plants. Alternate translation: “plants” or “vegetation”
|
||
6:30 u3ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 The word **field** represents fields in general, not one particular **field**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the fields”
|
||
6:30 uqjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σήμερον ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 Here, the word **existing** introduces a clause that states something that is unexpected for things that God **clothes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “although it exists today and tomorrow is thrown into an oven” or “despite the fact that it exists today and tomorrow is thrown into an oven”
|
||
6:30 xavg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo σήμερον ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 Here Jesus means that **grass** is growing **today**, but someone take it **tomorrow** and burn it. He speaks in this way to emphasize that **grass** often does not last for a long time and is not very valuable. He does not mean that this always happens to **grass**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that grass only lasts for a short time and is not valuable. Alternate translation: “growing now but soon being thrown into an oven” or “existing at the moment but quickly being thrown into an oven”
|
||
6:30 m0kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 Here Jesus refers to how dried plant matter would be burned as fuel for heating and cooking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “being thrown into an oven as fuel” or “being burned in an oven”
|
||
6:30 m23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαλλόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone throwing it” or “people throwing it”
|
||
6:30 ym2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will he not much more clothe you”
|
||
6:30 cd8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show his disciples that God will give them the clothes they need. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he will much more clothe you, ones of little faith.” or “he will definitely clothe you, ones of little faith!”
|
||
6:31 axhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, τί φάγωμεν, ἤ, τί πίωμεν, ἤ, τί περιβαλώμεθα? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “asking what you might eat or what you might drink or what you might wear.”
|
||
6:31 g6ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive φάγωμεν & πίωμεν &περιβαλώμεθα 1 By **we**, Jesus means the disciples but not himself, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||
6:32 q9rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of why the disciples should not be anxious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As you know,”
|
||
6:32 i0b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιζητοῦσιν 1 Here, the word **seek** refers to focusing on and trying to obtain something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “focus on” or “try to obtain”
|
||
6:32 xa9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα & ταῦτα & τούτων ἁπάντων 1 Here, the phrases **all these things** and **all of these things** refer to food, drink, clothing, and other necessities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “food, drink, and clothing … food, drink, and clothing” or “all these necessities … all of these necessities”
|
||
6:32 rk7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why the disciples should not be anxious about food, drink, or clothing. The word does not connect the clause to what Jesus just said about **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a previous command, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “you should not seek these things, because” or “but you should not be anxious about these things since”
|
||
6:32 unz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”\n
|
||
6:33 w7ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with worrying about food, drink, and clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead of worrying about those things,” or “In contrast to the Gentiles,”
|
||
6:33 rk4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον 1 Here, just as in [6:32](../06/32.md), the word **seek** refers to focusing on and trying to obtain something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “focus first on” or “try first to obtain”
|
||
6:33 nork rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρῶτον 1 Here, the word **first** identifies seeking the kingdom as something that is most important. The word does not indicate sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as most important”
|
||
6:33 jmar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe what God considers to be **righteousness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the righteousness that he requires”
|
||
6:33 ep2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he says is right” or “seek to serve him rightly”
|
||
6:33 qifv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of seeking first God’s kingdom and righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and then” or “and as a result”
|
||
6:33 ak39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will add all these things to you”
|
||
6:33 d3tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here, just as in [6:32](../06/32.md), the phrase **all these things** refers to food, drink, clothing, and other necessities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “food, drink, and clothing” or “all these necessities”
|
||
6:33 px9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **will be added** to indicate that God will give **all these things** to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be set in front of you” or “will be given to you”
|
||
6:34 iaoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been telling his disciples about not being **anxious** in [6:25–33](../06/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So” or “In summary”\n
|
||
6:34 xdg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could **be anxious**. He could mean: (1) that people should worry about what happens the next day only when that day arrives. Alternate translation: “you can be anxious about tomorrow when it arrives” (2) that worrying about **tomorrow** is as ridiculous as **tomorrow** being a person who can **be anxious**. Alternate translation: “that helps you as much as if tomorrow could be anxious about itself” or “tomorrow is not even here yet”
|
||
6:34 bqny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς 1 Here Jesus means that much **evil** happens each day, so people should not add to their troubles by worrying about anything that might happen the next day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Each day has enough evil already without worrying about tomorrow” or “Evil already happens each day, so you should not add to it by worrying about tomorrow”
|
||
6:34 c490 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ κακία αὐτῆς 1 Here, the phrase **its evil** refers to any bad or difficult things that happen each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are the difficult things that happen that day” or “is the trouble that happens during it”
|
||
7:intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Matthew 5-7\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\n### “By their fruits you will know them”\n\nFruit is a common image in the Scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||
7:1 xk6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Here Jesus uses the word **judge** to refer to unofficial and improper judging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not harshly judge” or “Do not condemn”
|
||
7:1 l2c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the goal for which the disciples refrain from judging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a goal. Alternate translation: “in order that”
|
||
7:1 bk8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will not judge you”
|
||
7:2 tbi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse ([7:1](../07/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “That is because”
|
||
7:2 ifm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the manner that you judge”
|
||
7:2 kj24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κριθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you”
|
||
7:2 bq9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces a more general statement in proverb form. This general proverb provides further proof that people will be judged as they have judged others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a more general statement or proverb. Alternate translation: “just as some people say:” or “and more generally,”
|
||
7:2 wmxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people eventually experience for themselves how they have treated other people. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “what you give to others is what you will get in return” or “what you do to others will be done to you”
|
||
7:2 c006 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the manner that you measure”
|
||
7:2 wgh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will measure it to you”
|
||
7:2 ry31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μετρηθήσεται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to what **you measure** out to other people. Jesus is speaking in general about anything that people **measure**, so you should avoid making the phrase specific. Alternate translation: “the same thing will be measured” or “that very thing will be measured”
|
||
7:3 a3pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
|
||
7:3 em5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke his disciples for looking at a **speck of wood** in a fellow disciple’s eye while failing to notice **the log** in their own eyes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not look at the speck of wood in the eye of your brother when you do not notice log in your eye.” or “do not look at the speck of wood in the eye of your brother while at the same time not noticing the log in your eye!”
|
||
7:3 hzb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
7:3 ctb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 Here Jesus refers to small faults and mistakes as if they were a **speck of wood** in a person’s **eye**. He speaks of large faults and mistakes as if they were a **log** in a person’s **eye**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do you focus on your brother’s small fault, which is like a speck of wood in his eye, but you do not notice your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye” or “do you look at the small mistakes your brother makes, but you do not notice your own large mistakes”
|
||
7:3 hqnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 A **speck of wood** is a tiny piece of wood or plant matter. If your readers would not be familiar with a **speck of wood**, you could use the name of something small that commonly falls into a person’s eyes, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”
|
||
7:3 d2qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your fellow disciple”
|
||
7:3 mo6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this.
|
||
7:3 xdcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν & δοκὸν 1 A **log** could not literally go into a person’s **eye**. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”\n
|
||
7:3 q1z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν & δοκὸν 1 A **log** is a long, large piece of wood. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of object, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object”
|
||
7:4 c1kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a second question that provides another improper way to behave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar situation or command, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,”
|
||
7:4 k58h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to challenge his disciples to pay attention to the **log** in their own **eye** before they pay attention to a **speck of wood** in another person’s **eye**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your eye.” or “Do not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your eye!”
|
||
7:4 kcgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your fellow disciple”
|
||
7:4 eaym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this.
|
||
7:4 kc80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου, ἄφες & σου & σοῦ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation.
|
||
7:4 d66b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus continues to refer to small faults and mistakes as if they were a speck of wood in a person’s eye and to large faults and mistakes as if they were a log in a person’s eye. Express the idea as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “‘Let me assist you in getting rid of your small fault, which is like a speck of wood in your eye,’ while behold, you have your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye” or “‘Let me assist you in avoiding the small mistakes you make,’ while behold, you have your own large mistakes”
|
||
7:4 iwgf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 Translate the phrase **speck of wood** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”
|
||
7:4 uyno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “see”
|
||
7:4 rark rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἡ δοκὸς 1 A **log** could not literally go into a person’s **eye**. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”
|
||
7:4 odbi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἡ δοκὸς 1 Translate the word **log** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object”
|
||
7:5 kwqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ὑποκριτά & ἔκβαλε & σοῦ & διαβλέψεις & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
|
||
7:5 psgh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἔκβαλε πρῶτον ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ τὴν δοκόν, καὶ τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Here Jesus continues to refer to small faults and mistakes as if they were a **speck of wood** in a person’s eye and to large faults and mistakes as if they were a **log** in a person’s eye. Express the idea as you did in [7:3–4](../07/03.md). In this verse, Jesus also adds the idea of being able to **see clearly**, which indicates that a person is spiritually mature and knowledgeable. Alternate translation: “First get rid of your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye, and then you will know how to assist your brother in getting rid of his small fault, which is a like a speck of wood in his eye” or “First get rid of your own large mistakes, and then you will know how to properly assist your brother in avoiding his small mistakes”
|
||
7:5 cg35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν δοκόν 1 A **log** could not literally go into a person’s **eye**. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”
|
||
7:5 wtbk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν δοκόν 1 Translate the word **log** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object”
|
||
7:5 js25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 Translate the phrase **speck of wood** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”
|
||
7:5 cb9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your fellow disciple”
|
||
7:5 jydm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this.
|
||
7:6 tqpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. 1 It is likely that Jesus speaks about **dogs** in the first and last clauses in this verse and about **pigs** in the middle two clauses. This was a poetic form in his culture. If your readers would not recognize this as poetry and misunderstand which animals Jesus is speaking about in the last two clauses, you could rearrange the clauses. Alternate translation: “You should not give the holy to the dogs. Otherwise, having turned, they will tear you to pieces. Nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they will trample them under their feet”
|
||
7:6 wohg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 Here Jesus speaks of how his disciples should behave as if they were interacting with **dogs**, **pearls**, and **pigs**. He could be speaking of the gospel as **the holy** and **pearls** and of people who reject the gospel as **dogs** and **pigs**. Or, he could be speaking of his disciples’ possessions and skills as **the holy** and **pearls** and of worthless tasks and goals as **dogs** and **pigs**. Or, he could be speaking of fellow disciples as **the holy** and as **pearls** and of unbelievers as **dogs** and **pigs**. You should express the idea in a way that allows for these and other interpretations. If it is necessary for you to indicate that Jesus is using a figure of speech here, you could introduce the verse with a form that usually introduces a saying or proverb. Alternate translation: “Think about what this means for your life: You should neither give the holy to the dogs, nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they will trample them under their feet, and having turned, tear you to pieces”\n
|
||
7:6 id6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸ ἅγιον 1 Jesus is using the adjective **holy** as a noun to mean anything that is **holy**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “holy things”
|
||
7:6 gkn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῖς κυσίν 1 A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. It would be very improper to give **the holy** to this kind of animal. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting, you could use the name of this animal instead.
|
||
7:6 xy2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 The word **pearls** refers to beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. If your readers would not be familiar with **pearls**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “jewelry” or “valuable beads”
|
||
7:6 desz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the phrases **they will trample** and **they will tear** could refer to: (1) how the pigs **trample** and the dogs **tear**. Alternate translation: “the pigs will trample them under their feet, and having turned, the dogs will tear you to pieces” (2) how the pigs and the gods will together **trample** and **tear**. Alternate translation: “the pigs and dogs together will trample them under their feet, and having turned, they will tear you to pieces”
|
||
7:6 kpge rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to the pearls. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to pearls. Alternate translation: “the pearls”\n
|
||
7:6 atg0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στραφέντες 1 Here, the phrase **having turned** indicates that the animals will stop paying attention to the holy things and pearls and start focusing on **you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “turning to face you” or “focusing on you instead”
|
||
7:7 ut6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε 1 You may need to say what a person would be asking for and seeking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use general expressions that refer to anything good that a person might want or need. Alternate translation: “Ask for a good thing, and it will be given to you. Seek a good thing, and you will find it”
|
||
7:7 tv49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you”
|
||
7:7 rt8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρούετε 1 To **knock** means to hit a door a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house. Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap”
|
||
7:7 zu03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus speaks of praying as if it were knocking on a door, and he speaks of God answering the prayer as if it were the door being opened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Ask for permission, and permission will be given to you” or “Pray, and God will answer your prayer”
|
||
7:7 yz3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will open it to you”
|
||
7:8 ykrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces some reasons why the disciples should do what Jesus commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Do those things since” or “That is because”
|
||
7:8 yva3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶς & ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει, καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει 1 You may need to say what a person would be asking for and seeking. If so, express the idea as you did in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “everyone asking for a good thing, receives it; and the one seeking a good thing, finds it”
|
||
7:8 uvcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ κρούοντι 1 Express the idea of **knocking** as you did in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “to the one calling out” or “to the one coughing” or “to the one clapping”
|
||
7:8 vcdb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ κρούοντι ἀνοιγήσεται 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of praying as if it were knocking on a door and of God answering the prayer as if it were the door being opened. Express the idea as you did in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “to the one asking for permission, permission will be given” or “to the one praying, it will be answered”
|
||
7:8 ohhx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνοιγήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will open it”
|
||
7:9 et6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a contrasting alternative to what Jesus has said about how people who ask will receive. Jesus then uses the question form to show that this alternate is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a false alternative, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”
|
||
7:9 p1if ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Alternate translation: “Or what man is there from among you who will give his son a stone when he asks for bread”
|
||
7:9 mq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus uses a question to show how parents do not give bad things to their children. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is not a man from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” or “No man among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, will give him a stone!”
|
||
7:9 fscs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain how parents give good things, not bad things, to their children. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Or imagine a man from among you. When his son asks him for bread, he will not give a stone, will he”
|
||
7:9 n5s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Although Jesus uses the example of a **man** and **his son**, he does not mean that this example applies only to fathers and sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that includes all parents and children. Alternate translation: “what parents are there from among you, of whom their child will ask for bread—they will not give their child a stone, will they”
|
||
7:10 z9xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces another similar example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,”
|
||
7:10 y9q5 ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Alternate translation: “Or he will not give him a snake when he asks for a fish, will he”
|
||
7:10 t19o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.”
|
||
7:10 kgak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain how parents give good things, not bad things, to their children. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Or imagine that same man again. When his son asks him for a fish, he will not give him a snake, will he”
|
||
7:10 mf6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Although Jesus continues to use the example of a father and his son, he does not mean that this example applies only to fathers and sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that includes all parents and children. Alternate translation: “the child will also ask for a fish—the parents will not give the child a snake, will they”
|
||
7:10 tz8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὄφιν 1 In this culture, people did not eat snakes. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat snakes in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat”
|
||
7:11 n1vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since”
|
||
7:11 n98d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast πονηροὶ ὄντες 1 Here, the phrase **being evil** states something that is unexpected for people who **know how to give good gifts**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “although you are evil” or “despite being evil”
|
||
7:11 pk31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that God will definitely give **good things** to people who ask for them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Father in the heavens will much more give good to the ones asking him.” or “much more will your Father in the heavens give good things to the ones asking him!”
|
||
7:11 z8zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “your Father, God,”\n
|
||
7:11 t3p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”\n
|
||
7:12 wybf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion to what Jesus has said in [5:15–7:11](../05/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In summary” or “So”
|
||
7:12 wwz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πάντα & ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς 1 In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you should do to men all things in the way that you desire them to do to you”
|
||
7:12 g8c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “people” or “men and women”
|
||
7:12 cywd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason for the command that Jesus has just given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which you should do because”
|
||
7:12 y4f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος & ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, the clause **this is the Law and the Prophets** means that Jesus’ command summarizes what **the Law and the Prophets** require. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this is what the Law and Prophets require” or “this is a summary of the Law and the Prophets”
|
||
7:12 wivn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 The word **Law** is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word **Prophets** is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the Scriptures, both the Law and the Prophets”
|
||
7:12 b1x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, the word **Prophets** represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets”
|
||
7:13-14 f47a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς; & ὅτι στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν. 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [7:13](../07/13.md) and [7:14](../07/14.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about the **narrow gate** together. Alternate translation: “Enter through the narrow gate. For the gate {is} narrow and the way has been made narrow that is leading to life, and there are few finding it. But wide {is} the gate and broad {is} the road that is leading to destruction, and there are many entering through it”
|
||
7:13 dgr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Here Jesus speaks of how people live as if they were walking on a **road** and of what happens when they die as if it were entering through a **gate**. When a **gate** is **narrow**, that means that it is difficult to go through and that not many people go through it. When a **gate** is **wide** and a **road** is **broad**, that means that they are easy to travel on or go through and that many people travel on or through them. Since these are important images that Jesus uses in the following verse as well, you should preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “You should live like a traveler who enters through a narrow gate. Many people live like travelers who enter through a wide gate and travel on a broad road, but this path leads to destruction”
|
||
7:13 g4be rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why people should enter through the **narrow gate**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because”
|
||
7:13 zv24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being destroyed” or “to God destroying you”
|
||
7:13 mulg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοί 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many travelers”
|
||
7:14 aj95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὅτι στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **For the gate is narrow and the road has been made narrow**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “How narrow is the gate and having been made narrow the road.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
|
||
7:14 mvfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another reason why people should enter through the narrow **gate**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Enter through the narrow gate because”
|
||
7:14 krug rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of how people live as if they were walking on a **way** and of what happens when they die as if it were entering through a **gate**. When a **gate** is **narrow** and **way** has been made **narrow**, that means that they are difficult to go through and that not many people go through them. Express the idea as you did in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “only a few people live like travelers who find the narrow gate and travel on the road that has been made narrow, and this road leads to life”
|
||
7:14 jish rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “the road is narrow” or “God has made the road narrow”
|
||
7:14 byw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ζωήν 1 Here Jesus implies that **life** is eternal or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “true life” or “eternal life”
|
||
7:14 wlr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being able to live”
|
||
7:14 gdji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὀλίγοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **few** as a noun to mean few people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “few travelers”
|
||
7:14 opn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 Here, the word **it** could refer to: (1) both the **gate** and the **road**. Alternate translation: “them” (2) just the **road**. Alternate translation: “this road” (3) just the **gate**. Alternate translation: “this gate”
|
||
7:15 lj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 Here Jesus speaks of God’s people as if they were **sheep**. By the **false prophets** wearing **sheep’s clothing**, he means that the **false prophets** pretend to be part of God’s people. However, Jesus says that **inwardly** they are **ravenous wolves**. He means that they hurt and take advantage of God’s people, which is acting just like **wolves** that eat **sheep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who pretend to be part of your group, as if they were dressed in sheep’s clothing. However, inwardly they want to harm you, as if they were ravenous wolves”
|
||
7:15 bwag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων 1 Here, the phrase **sheep’s clothing** refers to disguising oneself to look like a sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “disguising themselves as sheep” or “pretending to be sheep”
|
||
7:15 t21q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 When **wolves** are **ravenous**, they want to capture and eat other animals, such as **sheep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “hungry wolves” or “wolves on the hunt”
|
||
7:16 pul5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 Here Jesus speaks of people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. Just as thorny plants do not produce **fruits**, so evil people who do not trust God do not do what is right. Jesus uses this metaphor for several verses, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “You will know who people are by what they do, just as you know what plants are by their fruits. They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they? Similarly, evil people do not do what is right, do they”
|
||
7:16 jvxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 The pronouns **their** and **them** refer to any people, but particularly people like the “false prophets” Jesus mentioned in the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the false prophets or to any people who claim to be believers. Alternate translation: “You will recognize the false prophets by their fruits” or “You will recognize anyone who claims to believe by his or her fruits”
|
||
7:16 nve4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 Jesus is using the question form to to show that **grapes** do not come from **a thornbush** and **figs** do not come from **thistles**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” or “No one gathers grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles!”
|
||
7:16 gy7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μήτι συλλέγουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “People do not gather … do they”
|
||
7:16 d7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “grapes or figs from thorny plants” or “fruits from scrub plants”
|
||
7:16 vqnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τριβόλων 1 Here, the word **thistles** refers generally to plants that have points or spikes on their stems or leaves. These plants do not produce fruit. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “spiky plants”
|
||
7:17 f5l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. Just as a **good tree** produces **good fruits**, so people who follow God do what is right. Just as a **bad tree** produces **bad fruits**, so people who do not follow God do what is wrong. Jesus uses this metaphor for several verses, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “In the same way, every good tree produces good fruits, but the bad tree produces bad fruits. Similarly, believers do what is right, but unbelievers do what is wrong”
|
||
7:17 vy6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ & σαπρὸν δένδρον & ποιεῖ 1 The phrase **the bad tree** represents bad trees in general, not one particular bad tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “bad trees produce”
|
||
7:18 gey5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor οὐ δύναται δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖν, οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖν 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “A good tree is not able to produce bad fruits, nor a bad tree to produce good fruits. Similarly, believers do not do what is wrong, and unbelievers do not do what is right”
|
||
7:18 x849 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “nor is a bad tree able”
|
||
7:19 xwrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced **fruit**. Express the idea as you did in the previous verses [7:17–18](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into a fire. Similarly, every person who does not do what is right is judged and punished”
|
||
7:19 g7fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They cut down every tree not producing good fruit and throw it into a fire”
|
||
7:19 a5u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καρπὸν καλὸν 1 In this verse, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “good fruits”
|
||
7:20 pb7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα γε 1 Here, the phrase **So then** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been saying about trees, plants, and fruit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “As you can see”
|
||
7:20 x87m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 Here Jesus continues to speak about about people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. In this verse, Jesus repeats the general principle he stated in [7:16](../07/16.md), so you should express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “you will know who people are by what they do, just as you know what plants are by their fruits”
|
||
7:20 yaho rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 The pronouns **their** and **them** refer to any people, but particularly people like the “false prophets” Jesus mentioned in [7:15](../07/15.md). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the false prophets or to any people who claim to be believers. Alternate translation: “you will recognize the false prophets by their fruits” or “you will recognize anyone who claims to believe by his or her fruits”
|
||
7:21 dkh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication μοι, Κύριε, Κύριε 1 Here Jesus could quote these people repeating the word **Lord** in order to: (1) express the urgency or earnestness of the address. Alternate translation: “to me, ‘My Lord!’” (2) show that this address happens often. Alternate translation: “to me repeatedly, ‘Lord’”
|
||
7:21 qq3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὁ ποιῶν 1 Here Jesus means that the only people who **enter into the kingdom of the heavens** are those who do God’s will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “but only the one doing”
|
||
7:21 wzoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ποιῶν 1 The the phrase **the one doing** represents anyone who does these things in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who do”
|
||
7:21 fgdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what my Father in the heavens desires”
|
||
7:21 c6yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus.
|
||
7:21 l1te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the **Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”\n
|
||
7:21 m4ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “in the heavens will enter into the kingdom of the heavens”
|
||
7:22 t095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
|
||
7:22 mp6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **that day** refers to how God will judge everyone at the end of this time period. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the judgment day” or “when God is judging everyone”
|
||
7:22 makk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Κύριε, Κύριε 1 Here Jesus again quotes these people repeating the word **Lord**. Express the idea as you did in [7:21](../07/21.md). Alternate translation: “day, ‘My Lord!’” or “day repeatedly, ‘Lord’”
|
||
7:22 m9py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? 1 The people speaking are using the question form to to show that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” or “we prophesied in your name, and we cast out demons in your name, and we did many mighty deeds in your name!”
|
||
7:22 hg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 Here, the word **name** refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … by your authority … by your authority”
|
||
7:22 losr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σῷ -1 Since the speakers are talking to Jesus, the word **your** in this verse is singular.
|
||
7:23 d4y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 Here Jesus speaks of his disciples as those whom he knows. When he says **I never knew you**, he means that the person addressed was never one of his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have never been my disciples”
|
||
7:23 zdo4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 Here Jesus directly addresses those to whom he is speaking as **ones practicing lawlessness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the direct address more explicit. Alternate translation: “you who practice lawlessness”
|
||
7:23 fvm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lawlessness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is lawless”
|
||
7:24 jopr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion that is based on what Jesus has said in [7:21–23](../07/21.md) and perhaps also what he said in [7:15–20](../07/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “So then”
|
||
7:24 f0yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, the phrase **these words of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said in this section of Matthew, which began in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “the words I have been speaking” (2) what Jesus teaches in general. Alternate translation: “the words I speak”
|
||
7:24 qjh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 Jesus compares those who do what he has said to a person who builds **his house** on **the rock**, where it is secure and not easily knocked down. He means that people who do what he has said can be as confident about how God will judge them as the **wise man** is confident about the security of his **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be as sure about God’s favor as a wise man is sure that his house, which he built upon the rock, is secure”
|
||
7:24 qw6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I will compare to” or “is comparable to”
|
||
7:24 b8hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a wise person … his or her”
|
||
7:24 dy1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέτραν 1 Here, the word **rock** means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “bedrock” or “solid ground”
|
||
7:25 bv81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τεθεμελίωτο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man had built it”
|
||
7:26 nw97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 Jesus uses a simile to compare those who do not obey his words with **foolish** house-builders who pick a bad place to build a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a fool who built his house in a dangerous place where it could be knocked down”
|
||
7:26 o85y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will compare him to a foolish man”
|
||
7:27 k4hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind destroyed it”
|
||
7:28 jrh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory 0 This verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.
|
||
7:28 fo8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them”
|
||
8:intro f33a 0 # Matthew 8 General Notes\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMetonymy is used often in this chapter to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make them think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Idiom\n\nIdioms are often used in this chapter. These may not be understood by your audience, as they were sayings that only people in that culture would have understood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
8:1 qb1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later”
|
||
8:2 vas8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν 1 This introduces the **leper** as a new character in the story. A leper is a person with a serious, contagious skin disease. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a common way in your language for introducing a new person to a story. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was a leper. Approaching Jesus, he”
|
||
8:2 yc3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 The leper is using a hypothetical situation to show that he believes Jesus will heal him. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if you would desire to heal me, you are able to do it”
|
||
8:2 yjn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 Here, to be **clean** means to be healed from the skin disease, which did not allow them to be in the community with the rest of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are able to heal me and allow me to be a part of the community again”
|
||
8:3 lj1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus cleansed him of his leprosy”
|
||
8:4 zi3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “show the priest that you are healed from the disease, so that you can rejoin your community”
|
||
8:4 tq9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. So that no one else would become infected, lepers were not allowed to come into contact with healthy people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded in the Law, for a testimony to the priest that you are healed”
|
||
8:4 rj8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **to them** either refers to (1) the priests, or (2) the community in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the priests” or “to the community”
|
||
8:6 cr8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικός 1 Someone who is **paralyzed** is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. “not able to use his arms and legs”
|
||
8:8 p7p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην 1 Here, **under my roof** is figurative for being in a person’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in my house”
|
||
8:8 hig7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 Here, **speak** is a polite way of saying that all Jesus has to do is speak a word, and he will heal the servant. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “say a word”
|
||
8:8 rk1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will make my servant well”
|
||
8:9 ds2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I myself authority over a group of soldiers”
|
||
8:9 da25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν & ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν 1 To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone of a higher status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who obeys other people’s commands … who obey me”
|
||
8:9 qz61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἄλλῳ & καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου 1 The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to another I say … and to my servant, I say”
|
||
8:10 c7y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον 1 Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in **Israel**, who claim to be children of God, would have greater **faith** than anyone. Jesus is saying that the centurion’s faith was greater. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have found such faith from no one in Israel, among people who should have more faith”
|
||
8:10 fjgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, the name **Israel** is not referring to the country, but to the people who live in Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel”
|
||
8:11 xee4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [8:10](../08/10.md).
|
||
8:11 mt2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν 1 Using the opposites **east** and **west** is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from many faraway places”
|
||
8:11 u4sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀνακλιθήσονται 1 Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all enjoying a feast together. Use a term in your language that refers to a celebratory meal. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God”
|
||
8:11 qmc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md)
|
||
8:12 ks3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom”
|
||
8:12 aug7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 The phrase **sons of** is figurative, referring to the Jews of the kingdom of Judea. This is saying that they are of Jewish descent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “But those who do not believe in me from the Jewish people”
|
||
8:12 pf26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται 1 In their culture, **the sons of the kingdom** would usually inherit the kingdom and not be thrown out. Jesus is speaking in this way to show how disobedient the Jewish people were being. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly.
|
||
8:12 liu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place where God punishes people forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST.
|
||
8:12 gww4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering”
|
||
8:13 ki92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω σοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you”
|
||
8:13 sdn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰάθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant”
|
||
8:14 ynh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πυρέσσουσαν 1 A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature”
|
||
8:15 w7nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 The **fever** is spoken of as if it, like a person, **left**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of her fever”
|
||
8:16 pwr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many of those who demons have possessed”
|
||
8:16 f1cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ 1 Here, **word** means a command that Jesus gave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave”
|
||
8:17 r3dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah spoke”
|
||
8:17 x9vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said”
|
||
8:17 eyu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν 1 Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. **He himself took our weaknesses** and **bore {our} diseases** mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of **our diseases**. If it would be clearer for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He took away our sicknesses”
|
||
8:18 a2pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Jesus told his disciples to sail to the other side of the Sea of Galilee”
|
||
8:20 pqp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 Jesus answers the scribe with this proverb. The proverb means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Even animals have a place to sleep, but the Son of Man does not have a place to sleep”
|
||
8:20 ub5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 Jesus assumes that his hearers know what **foxes** are and what they use the **holes** for. **Foxes** are animals like wild dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in”
|
||
8:20 qqvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “birds who fly in the sky have nests”
|
||
8:20 qvm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 2 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
|
||
8:20 yl4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 Here, **lay his head** refers to a place to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep”
|
||
8:22 h7fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 Jesus does not mean literally that **dead** people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** is referring to those who are spiritually **dead**, meaning they do not love God, and are not following Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as expressed in the UST.
|
||
8:24 m6w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the waves were filling the boat”
|
||
8:25 b2wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 Here, **we** is referring to both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms.
|
||
8:26 g8p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Jesus asks this question in order to teach the disciples why they should not be afraid. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!”
|
||
8:26 r5ve ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||
8:27 u2qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν? 1 This question shows that the disciples were surprised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!”
|
||
8:27 k5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 Here, **wind** and **waves** are described as if they are able to **obey** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “he even controls the wind and the waves”
|
||
8:28 yzi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν 1 The **Gadarenes** were named after the town of Gadara.
|
||
8:28 hz5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons were controlling”
|
||
8:29 gr2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.”
|
||
8:29 jcq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God.
|
||
8:29 u4jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Again, the demons pose a question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have surely come here to punish us before the time when God will judge us!”
|
||
8:29 uw6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **the set time** is referring to the time when God will judge all of the evil spirits and people. Matthew’s readers would have understood this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come here early, before the time when God is planning to judge us?”
|
||
8:30 v91c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
|
||
8:31 tf32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς 1 It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to **cast** them **out**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out”
|
||
8:31 cgf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **us** is exclusive, referring only to the demons. Your language may require you to mark these forms.
|
||
8:33 ev2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons were controlling”
|
||
8:34 j6sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city”
|
||
8:34 xb5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 The word **whole** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out to see Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this. Alternate translation: “many of the people in the city”
|
||
9:intro tg41 0 # Matthew 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n## Formatting\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter
|
||
9:1 lje9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διεπέρασεν 1 Here, Matthew does not specify that Jesus **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the Sea of Galilee”
|
||
9:2 szd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 See how you translated **paralytic** in [4:24](../04/24.md).
|
||
9:2 iys2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins”
|
||
9:4 u643 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδὼν & τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”
|
||
9:4 n4yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking this evil in your hearts!”
|
||
9:4 d499 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Here, **hearts** refers to their minds or their thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your minds”
|
||
9:5 j716 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive **sins**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you think that it is certainly easier to say ‘your sins are forgiven’ than to say ‘get up and walk’”
|
||
9:5 mk14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τί & ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “you think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk” or
|
||
9:5 x05v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins”
|
||
9:6 n5sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰδῆτε & σου & σου 1 Here, the **you** is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of **your** are singular and addressed to the paralytic.
|
||
9:6 td1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus refers to himself as **the Son of Man** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
|
||
9:6 k6rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST.
|
||
9:8 x71s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν 1 See how you translated this in [9:6](../09/06.md)
|
||
9:10 f9lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 Here, **sinners** refers to people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who committed many sins”
|
||
9:11 z4h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν? 1 The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!”
|
||
9:12 m7fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας 1 Here, **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the Pharisees ask this question”
|
||
9:12 tl42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do”
|
||
9:12 uhc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony οἱ ἰσχύοντες 1 Those who **have sickness** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are spiritually sound, but rather, that they are needy. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”.
|
||
9:12 n33c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The phrase “need a physician” is understood from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician”
|
||
9:13 a886 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 The words **I did not come to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners”
|
||
9:14 k8vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said this,”
|
||
9:14 vhnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου 1 Here, **John** is referring to John the Baptizer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that this is referring to John the Baptizer. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John the Baptizer”
|
||
9:15 r8if rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? 1 Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.”
|
||
9:15 xnp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? 1 Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not **mourn** because he **is still** there **with them**. In this proverb, Jesus is the **bridegroom**, and his disciples are the **sons of the bridal chamber**. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Just as the sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, so my disciples are not able to fast while I am still with them”
|
||
9:15 iz9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν 1 Here, **the day** is said to be **coming** like a person might come. This is figurative, meaning that the event will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “But it will happen that when”
|
||
9:15 p6hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave them”
|
||
9:16 j9fx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται 1 This verse is a proverb which has a similar meaning to the previous verse. Jesus is talking about how the disciples should not use old ways of worship when he is present with them. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Just as you shouldn’t use a new patch on an old piece of cloth, so you should not use old methods of worship like fasting when I am present”
|
||
9:16 yf98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, no one sews a new patch of cloth, one that has not yet shrunken from being washed, on an old garment that has shrunk already”
|
||
9:17 s13y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται. ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 This verse is a proverb with a message similar to that of the previous verse. Jesus is saying that just as someone would not put new wine, which will expand, in an old wine skin, which cannot expand, so the disciples should not fast while Jesus is with them. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.
|
||
9:17 plli rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases οὐδὲ 1 Here, **Neither** is a word which shows that the meaning of this verse is similar to the meaning of the previous verse. Use an word in your language that expresses this. Alternate translation: “Similarly, nor”
|
||
9:17 pyk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν & βάλλουσιν 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general and not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People do not pour … people pour”
|
||
9:17 hv8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which will spill out all the wine, and the wineskins are ruined”
|
||
9:17 l68m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to what comes before it, showing what people do and do not do with wine and wineskins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather than doing this”
|
||
9:17 i8v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine”
|
||
9:18 a7ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, **While he is saying these things to them** marks the introduction of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “It happened that as Jesus was speaking with the scribes”
|
||
9:18 a4s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἄρχων εἷς 1 This introduces the **official** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a ruler in a nearby town”
|
||
9:18 n1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 This is a way someone would show respect to someone in higher authority. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
|
||
9:20 gv15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism αἱμορροοῦσα 1 The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition.
|
||
9:20 m9zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew does not explain why she **touched the edge of his garment**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here.
|
||
9:21 eb6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. 1 This verse tells us why she touched Jesus’ garment. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “She did this because she was thinking to herself, ‘If I just touch his garments, then he will heal me’”
|
||
9:21 ukb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will make me well”
|
||
9:22 x398 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship θύγατερ 1 Jesus was using this term to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. Alternate translation: “Beloved woman”
|
||
9:22 q6ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Here, **faith** is spoken of as having **healed** a person. This is figurative, meaning that because she believed that Jesus was able to heal her, he did heal her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “because you believed I have healed you, I have healed you”
|
||
9:22 zv2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the woman at that moment”
|
||
9:23 jae1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον 1 There were **flute players** at the house because it was customary in that culture to play the flute in a time of mourning. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “having seen the flute players and the upset crowd performing their mourning rituals”
|
||
9:24 pc1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐ & ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who **sleeps**. But here the **girl** who **died** will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to death or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the girl is only temporarily dead, as if she were sleeping”
|
||
9:25 nqs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside”
|
||
9:25 r7zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 Here, **when** is showing that Jesus did not enter the house until after he made the family leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus made the family go out of the house”
|
||
9:25 mm3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl from the dead”
|
||
9:26 rxs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην 1 It is said that **this report went out** as a person might go out from a place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “People reported to the whole region what Jesus had done”
|
||
9:26 pfq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην 1 Jesus refers to the **region** to mean the people who live in that region. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to many of the people in that region”
|
||
9:27 d8bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **Have mercy** means that they want Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Heal us from our blindness”
|
||
9:27 dh5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah”
|
||
9:28 e81f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ναί, Κύριε 1 The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us”
|
||
9:29 w92e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will heal you, since you have believed in me”
|
||
9:30 uk2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 Here, **their eyes were opened** is an idiom that means they were able to see. Their eyes were already physically open. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “their sight was restored”
|
||
9:30 qa39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored their sight”
|
||
9:30 t6p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω 1 Here, **See** is figurative, meaning to be sure to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this”
|
||
9:32 sh32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν 1 A person who is **mute** is someone who is not able to speak. Use an expression from your language that describes someone who is unable to talk. Alternate translation: “a person who was unable to say anything”
|
||
9:32 n6fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a man who had a demon that controlled him and made him mute”
|
||
9:33 y4l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this”
|
||
9:34 z2r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 Here, **the ruler of the demons** would have been understood by Jesus’ audience as being Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “By Satan, who rules the demons”
|
||
9:35 x9ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how many **cities** Jesus went to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the cities”
|
||
9:35 uz5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here the abstract noun **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will make them one of his people”
|
||
9:35 e7at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “many different kinds of illnesses”
|
||
9:36 t47i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 Jesus compares the people to sheep who do not have a shepherd to lead them and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “acting as though they did not have someone to lead them and take care of them”
|
||
9:37 al89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
|
||
9:37 mur4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι 1 Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only a few people to teach them God’s truth. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.
|
||
9:37 kxap rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐργάται 1 Here, **laborers** is a word that refers to people who work in a field to bring in the crop. Use a term in your language for this.
|
||
9:38 vz8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession δεήθητε & τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 Here, **of** means that the harvest belongs to the Lord, and that he has control over it. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “beg the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest”
|
||
9:38 s7ir ἐργάτας 1 See how you translated **laborers** in the previous verse.
|
||
10:intro m5iu 0 # Matthew 10 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The sending of the 12 disciples\n\nMany verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the 12 disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The 12 disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the 12 disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven has come near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
|
||
10:1 nhp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis verse begins the account of Jesus sending his disciples out to share his message with the people in the surrounding towns. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,”
|
||
10:1 x1er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he authorized them to have power”
|
||
10:2 t59v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** is used to add needed background information about the 12 apostles. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
|
||
10:2 sc7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 Here, **first** means first in order, not in rank. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a way in your language for marking the first thing in a list.
|
||
10:4 n4st rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown Σίμων ὁ Καναναῖος 1 The word **Zealot** refers to members of a group of people who were desiring to see the Jewish people freed from the rule of the Roman Empire. This likely means that **Simon** was a part of this group. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon, who was a part of the group called the Zealots”
|
||
10:4 kmp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν 1 Matthew writes **having even betrayed him** to give some extra information to the readers about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “the one who led the people to Jesus to arrest and kill him”
|
||
10:5 sn9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων 1 Although this verse begins by saying that Jesus sent out the Twelve, he gives these instructions before sending them out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Before Jesus sent the Twelve out, he instructed them, saying”
|
||
10:5 c46d τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 See how you translated this in [10:2](../010/02.md)
|
||
10:5 yix4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέστειλεν 1 Jesus **sent** them **out** to teach people his message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent out to teach people his message”
|
||
10:6 oxi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what came before it. Jesus prefers the disciples to go to the people of Israel instead of to the non-Jewish people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather,”
|
||
10:6 q1pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 This is a metaphor comparing the people of the nation of Israel who are not obeying God to **lost sheep** who have strayed from their shepherd. If your readers would not understand what **sheep** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those of the people of Israel who have strayed from God like lost sheep”
|
||
10:6 b6i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 The **house of Israel** refers to the people who came from the family line of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel”
|
||
10:7 w59i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
10:8 bb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε 1 Here, **raise the dead** is an idiom meaning to bring people who are dead back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again”
|
||
10:8 ilj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Jesus did not state what the disciples had **received** or were to **give**. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. This is referring to the abilities which Jesus gave to the disciples in [4:2](../04/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have given these abilities to you without cost, so you should use them to help others without cost”
|
||
10:9 b4m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν 1 Their **belts** were a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. They were often wide enough that they could be folded and used to carry money. If your readers would not use a belt for this purpose, you can express this with the word for whatever you use to carry money. Alternate translation: “Do not carry money with you”
|
||
10:9 a4xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν 1 **gold**, **silver** and **copper** are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “valuable metals” or “money”
|
||
10:10 kia9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πήραν 1 A **bag** is a flexible container in which a person can carry their belongings. If your language does not have a word for this, you can use something in your culture that you put things in to carry them.
|
||
10:10 i2ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δύο χιτῶνας 1 Use the plural of the word you used for **tunic** in [5:40](../05/40.md).
|
||
10:10 m97h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 The proverb **for the laborer {is} worthy of his food** is giving the reason why Jesus’ disciples should not bring anything with them. Jesus is saying that God will provide each disciple, the **laborer**, with what he needs. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “for God will provide the laborer with what he needs to live”
|
||
10:11 a41d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε 1 In this sentence, **there** means the **worthy** person’s house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and stay at that person’s house until you leave”
|
||
10:12 n6cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 The word **it** refers to the **house**. Here, **house** represents the people who live in the house. So Matthew is saying to greet the people in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it”
|
||
10:13 kc9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples into their house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well … the people who live in that house do not receive you well”
|
||
10:14 wpjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **shake off the dust from your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar expression or gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
|
||
10:15 sg3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 Here, **the land of Sodom and Gomorrah** refers to the people who lived in **Sodom and Gomorrah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah”
|
||
10:15 p8t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 Jesus would have expected his hearers to know that Sodom and Gomorrah were cities filled with many wicked people and that God would judge these people harshly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST.
|
||
10:15 zmm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 Here, **that city** is referring to the city which does not accept Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the city that does not receive you and listen to your words”
|
||
10:16 b262 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 Sheep are defenseless animals that **wolves** often attack. Jesus is stating that people who are as dangerous as **wolves** may harm the disciples, who are defenseless like **sheep**. Jesus is not using the same sheep metaphor as he used in [10:6](../10/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “as defenseless as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “to dangerous places where people might attack you”
|
||
10:16 s21a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile γίνεσθε & φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί 1 Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious like **serpents** and **harmless** like **doves** around the dangerous the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “act with wisdom and caution as well as with innocence”
|
||
10:17 fct4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown συνέδρια 1 The **councils** were groups of leaders who helped solve issues among people in their community. They acted like a court. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use a term in your language for something like this, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “members of their community who are in authority”
|
||
10:18 pe3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ & ἀχθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the men” mentioned in the previous verse did it. Alternate translation: “the men will even bring you” or “people will even bring you”
|
||
10:18 p74k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples, they will bring you before rulers and kings”
|
||
10:19 e5t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the same people as in [10:17](../10/17.md). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But when people take you to the councils”
|
||
10:19 ien3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **or**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **or**. Alternate translation: “what you might say”
|
||
10:19 l7rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will give to you what you should say in that hour”
|
||
10:19 gosj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δοθήσεται & ὑμῖν 1 Here, **will be given to you** is figurative for God telling the disciples what to say in this situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God will tell you”
|
||
10:19 cm7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, **in that hour** means “at that time”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when you need it”
|
||
10:20 vjlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather”
|
||
10:20 v9tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **the Spirit of your Father** is referring to the Holy Spirit and not a spirit of an earthly father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who is of your Heavenly Father”
|
||
10:20 k3xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for God.
|
||
10:20 zxd8 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Alternate translation: “through you”
|
||
10:21 lh6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “aman will have his brother killed”
|
||
10:21 p8w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will have his child killed”
|
||
10:21 j5jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα 1 Here, **to rise up against** is an idiom meaning to rebel against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “children will rebel”
|
||
10:22 sp6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you”
|
||
10:22 c7jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is figurative for many people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this.
|
||
10:22 n3xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **name** refers to Jesus himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me”
|
||
10:22 k5w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ & ὑπομείνας 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person remains”
|
||
10:22 qn7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him”
|
||
10:23 m42z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 Here, **this** does not refer to a specific **city**, but cities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in a city”
|
||
10:23 jjd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “flee to the next city”
|
||
10:23 dk4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus is referring to himself when he says **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, come”
|
||
10:23 tm8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus.
|
||
10:24 p8mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus, who is more important than they are. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.
|
||
10:24 syb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “nor is a slave above his master”
|
||
10:25 e6z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “it is enough for a slave to be like his master”
|
||
10:25 pu5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν 1 Jesus refers to himself as **the master of the house**. This is figurative, meaning that he is the most important person among the group of himself and disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “If they call me, who is like the master of the house, Beelzebul” or “If they call me, who is more important, Beelzebul”
|
||
10:25 y5md rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 The name **Beelzebul** could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul” or (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan”.
|
||
10:25 r5ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the members of his household** is referring to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who are like the members of his house”
|
||
10:26 x4o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 Here, **there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed** means the same thing as **hidden, that will not be made known**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed”
|
||
10:26 cnzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 Here, Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. Jesus is explaining that all of the evil, which people have done in secret, God will reveal when he judges people. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.
|
||
10:26 xqs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything which is hidden will be revealed”
|
||
10:26 j86e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that is concealed and will make known to other people everything which is hidden”
|
||
10:27 fa1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell everyone in public what I tell you privately” or “What I tell you privately, tell everyone in public”
|
||
10:27 kw75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 Here, **darkness** is a metonym for “private,” and **daylight** is a metonym for “public.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately, say in public”
|
||
10:27 fc49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε 1 Here, **what you hear in {your} ear** is a way of referring to whispering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you”
|
||
10:27 v1b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 Here, **housetops** refers to any high place where all people can hear a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place where many people can hear you”
|
||
10:28 pk7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 Matthew contrasts fear of people with with fear of God by using the phrase **But instead**. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God is ** the one being able** to destroy both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather”
|
||
10:28 w5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γεέννῃ 1 Jesus uses the name of **Gehenna**, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Hell”
|
||
10:28 x3y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Γεέννῃ 1 Gehenna is the name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom, just outside of Jerusalem. This was a place where people were constantly burning trash. Jesus draws the imagery of hell from this place.
|
||
10:29 tm3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Jesus uses this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God still watches over them because he created them.
|
||
10:29 glbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? 1 Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples about how much God cares about them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Sparrows have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.”
|
||
10:29 q22l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown στρουθία 1 These **sparrows** are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds”
|
||
10:29 i399 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀσσαρίου 1 An **assarion** refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. You may translate this as the least valuable coin available in your country. Alternate translation: “very little money”
|
||
10:29 zayd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion”
|
||
10:29 wxt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow falls to the ground”
|
||
10:29 id3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 Here, **will fall to the ground** is a polite way of referring to the sparrow dying. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will die”
|
||
10:29 us0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 When Jesus says **apart from your Father**, he means apart from the will of your Father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “apart from the will of your Father”
|
||
10:29 fe8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for God.
|
||
10:30 cih3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God even knows how many hairs are on your head”
|
||
10:32 n1nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God.
|
||
10:32 lo11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people”
|
||
10:32 b8cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||
10:33 d15s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 See how you translated **before men** in the previous verse.
|
||
10:33 p2wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse.
|
||
10:34 l5ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 Here, **upon the earth** refers to the people who live on **the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people”
|
||
10:34 uaap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I have come to bring a sword”
|
||
10:34 jq6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μάχαιραν 1 Here the use of the word **sword** means division and fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “division among people”
|
||
10:35 xx5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to set a daughter against her mother, and to set a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law”
|
||
10:37 fb3p οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος & οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 1 See how you translated **worthy** in [10:10](../10/10.md).
|
||
10:38 ye95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, **take up his cross** means to be willing to face persecution because you serve Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “does not suffer because they belong to me”
|
||
10:38 ai2r οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 1 See how you translated **worthy** in the previous verse.
|
||
10:39 u4jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples about following him. Since Jesus does not explain its meaning, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “The one who clings to what an earthly life has to offer will lose it, and whoever is willing to give up everything for me will gain eternal life”
|
||
10:39 jwf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ εὑρὼν & εὑρήσει 1 Here, **found** and **find** are figurative for obtaining something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The one who retains … will gain”
|
||
10:39 pbf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Here, Jesus is saying that a person who tries to protect his physical life from people who would punish him for belonging to Jesus will not have eternal life with God. And a person who accepts suffering here on earth because he belongs to Jesus will receive God’s reward of eternal life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||
10:40 c77e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 Jesus says that people **receive me** when they receive the disciples because Jesus is always with his disciples, and so it is like they receive him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who receives you, my disciples, it will be like he also receives me”
|
||
10:40 y9ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 Here, **the one receiving me receives the one who sent me** means that for the one who **receives** Jesus, it is the same as **receiving** God the Father, who sent Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “the one who receives me, he also receives my Father who sent me”
|
||
10:41 f9pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται 1 Jesus tells this proverb to show how important it is for people to receive his disciples. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person who welcome one of God’s prophets, God will reward him in the same way that he rewards the prophets. And a person who welcome someone who obeys God, God will reward him like that person”
|
||
10:41 yj1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται 1 This **reward** being referred to is to live with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To the one who receives the prophet, God will give him the reward of living with him forever, as he gives to the prophets. And to the one who receives the person who obeys God, God will give to him the reward of living with him forever, which he gives to those who obey him.”
|
||
10:42 v6jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person gives … to drink”
|
||
10:42 z8tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what **little ones** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children,”
|
||
10:42 d61l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See the note on **reward** in the previous verse.
|
||
11:intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.\n\nSome scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Hidden revelation\n\nAfter [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven is near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
|
||
11:1 z2y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 # General Information:\n\n**And it happened** is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,”
|
||
11:1 dr3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν 1 Here, the phrases **to teach** and **to preach** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things”
|
||
11:2 f3j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ 1 Matthew had not yet told his audience why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew explains the story of how John was put in prison in [14:4-5](../14/4.md), you do not need to explain to your reader here.
|
||
11:3 w2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, **the one coming** is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send”
|
||
11:3 q89t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 John’s disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you”
|
||
11:3 hrk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 Here, the word **we** is referring to either (1) John’s disciples or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus.
|
||
11:5 dyxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 Here, Jesus lists all of the things which he has done to the people during his ministry. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that they have done.
|
||
11:5 tjuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ & χωλοὶ & λεπροὶ & κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind**, **lame**, **lepers**, **deaf**, **dead**, and **poor** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST.
|
||
11:5 sd6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am making lepers clean”
|
||
11:5 v274 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 Here, the word **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am causing people to become alive again”
|
||
11:5 k796 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am raising dead people”
|
||
11:5 g3k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am telling the poor good news”
|
||
11:7 d4lo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τούτων δὲ πορευομένων 1 Here, the word **these** refers to John’s disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John’s disciples left”
|
||
11:7 ysq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!”
|
||
11:7 ydn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 Here, the phrase **reed being shaken by the wind** is referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people”
|
||
11:7 w269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed shaking in the wind”
|
||
11:8 n5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing”
|
||
11:8 y24r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν 1 Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see”
|
||
11:9 gm97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!”
|
||
11:9 fb75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see someone much more important than a prophet”
|
||
11:10 de17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom the prophets wrote”
|
||
11:10 fi5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 Here, the phrase **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”.
|
||
11:10 kva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival”
|
||
11:11 z5yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 The phrase those **born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived,”
|
||
11:11 r9ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne”
|
||
11:11 c093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “among those who have been born to a mother, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen”
|
||
11:11 cag4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he”
|
||
11:12 mb4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching”
|
||
11:12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are: (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) it may be understood instead as referring to God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”.
|
||
11:13 g1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 Here, **the Prophets and the Law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist”
|
||
11:14 yg2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd.
|
||
11:14 rdsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words in order to make the meaning clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to receive it, then you would understand that he is Elijah, who is about to come”
|
||
11:15 z97x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey”
|
||
11:15 w4cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey”
|
||
11:16 mp8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people to whom he was speaking and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.”
|
||
11:16 yat1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to: (1) the crowd around him. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” (2) the religious leaders of Israel. Alternate translation: or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. Alternate translation: or “Israel” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language.
|
||
11:16 l7km rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning.
|
||
11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people to whom he referred as “this generation.” They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The ones who played the flute and mourned are referring to Jesus and John the Baptist. The group who did not dance and did not mourn are Jesus’ audience. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, in a way that is meaningful in your language, or as demonstrated in the UST
|
||
11:17 d916 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids”
|
||
11:17 t723 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that the culture performed during that time. If a person died, relatives would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly.
|
||
11:18 qe7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine”
|
||
11:18 p4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon”
|
||
11:19 iwk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could change it to first person, as in the UST.
|
||
11:19 dsak rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus.
|
||
11:19 gs6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 The phrase **The Son of Man came eating and drinking** is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking”
|
||
11:19 x4ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners”
|
||
11:19 pv4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάγος & οἰνοπότης 1 The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. Use words in your language that refer to these things.
|
||
11:19 vwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 The proverb, **wisdom has been justified by her children**, is figurative. Here, **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the lives of the people to whom John and I minister”
|
||
11:19 o3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children”
|
||
11:20 w4g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to reprimand the people of the cities”
|
||
11:20 t51a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles”
|
||
11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida”
|
||
11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgment against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” or “Judgment is coming against you”
|
||
11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, and **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST.
|
||
11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes”
|
||
11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you”
|
||
11:21 k3in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida.
|
||
11:22 mr18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 See how you translated **Tyre and Sidon** in the previous verse.
|
||
11:22 ibpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ ὑμῖν 1 The reason why it will be **more tolerable** is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus’ miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles”
|
||
11:23 vpz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural **you**.
|
||
11:23 h8e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it”
|
||
11:23 fj7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καφαρναούμ & ἐν Σοδόμοις 1 Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … among the people of Sodom”
|
||
11:23 aa7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?”
|
||
11:23 nddz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!”
|
||
11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “suppose I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom. Then they might have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment”
|
||
11:23 z279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you”
|
||
11:24 e3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων 1 See how you translated **Sodom** in the previous verse.
|
||
11:24 yk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||
11:25 h5x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God.
|
||
11:25 u9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **heaven and earth** refers to everything which God has created in the entire universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe”
|
||
11:25 qw5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable”
|
||
11:25 w9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 The words **wise** and **intelligent** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the carefully discerning”
|
||
11:25 las9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus calls them **wise and intelligent** even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent”
|
||
11:25 b6w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 Here, the phrase **little children** is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise”
|
||
11:26 qp7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 The phrase **before you** is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this”
|
||
11:27 yk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me”
|
||
11:27 gd67 πάντα 1 The phrase **All things** could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed to Jesus everything about himself and his kingdom. Alternate translation: “All knowledge of himself” or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All authority”
|
||
11:27 j3vk rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus.
|
||
11:27 s1as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ; οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these double negatives as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the Father knows who the Son is, and only the Son and those to whom he reveals the Father know the Father”
|
||
11:27 esp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Υἱὸς 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the **Son** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could write it in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
11:27 l8xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.
|
||
11:28 x978 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** is plural.
|
||
11:28 t2jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι 1 Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Come to me, all of your who are feeling burdened by how many laws you are trying to keep”
|
||
11:28 f1w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the word **rest** is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that written by the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God”
|
||
11:29 q1ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a **yoke**, something which is put on large animals to carry or pull heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **yoke** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Share your burden with me”
|
||
11:29 t1rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle”
|
||
11:29 i3qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble”
|
||
11:29 i3ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest”
|
||
11:30 hlv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke and you are only carrying a little bit of the burden”
|
||
11:30 ynf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is to obey the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light”
|
||
12:intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to honor the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
|
||
12:1 m2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later”
|
||
12:1 tvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown”
|
||
12:1 y5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the **heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If it would be helpful in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds.”
|
||
12:2 swl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshiping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!”
|
||
12:3 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question.
|
||
12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they were not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this”
|
||
12:4 blm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle”
|
||
12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the Presence which were in the tabernacle”
|
||
12:4 lkx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat that bread”
|
||
12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.”
|
||
12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests were said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working at their priestly duties”
|
||
12:6 k4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple”
|
||
12:7 ypj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “But suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant. Then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples”
|
||
12:7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** rather than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather that you would be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds”
|
||
12:7 s23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent”
|
||
12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST.
|
||
12:8 nca0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus.
|
||
12:9 y4me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees to whom Jesus was just speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees’ synagogue”
|
||
12:10 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled”
|
||
12:10 c1cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν & ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him”
|
||
12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grasp hold of the sheep and lift it out.”
|
||
12:12 s2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a man, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A man is certainly more valuable than a sheep!”
|
||
12:13 be8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!”
|
||
12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand to health”
|
||
12:15 lbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here, the word **all** is figurative, meaning “very many.” If it would be helpful in your languages, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed very many people”
|
||
12:17 mcd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah”
|
||
12:18 zkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one whom I love”
|
||
12:18 s6a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased”
|
||
12:18 jh8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations”
|
||
12:19 gj1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people”
|
||
12:19 jr87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are”
|
||
12:20 cdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people and he will be gentle to those who are hurting”
|
||
12:20 kbu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak”
|
||
12:20 y8mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick or a small flame. If it would be helpful in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “he will not extinguish a small flame”
|
||
12:20 b6tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God and cause them to be victorious over death”
|
||
12:21 w3rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him”
|
||
12:22 nba2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 The word **Then** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later”
|
||
12:22 e1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought to him one who was demon-possessed”
|
||
12:22 k2vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute”
|
||
12:23 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of David”
|
||
12:23 h8kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring”
|
||
12:24 p1mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by Beelzebul”
|
||
12:25 ckth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew their thoughts, so he said to them”
|
||
12:25 i1sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together”
|
||
12:25 ll42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united”
|
||
12:25 g9ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βασιλεία & πόλις ἢ οἰκία 1 Here, the words **kingdom** and **city** refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, whose members would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house”
|
||
12:25 rvzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country”
|
||
12:26 i42r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 The second use of the word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan”
|
||
12:26 ah7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!”
|
||
12:27 gee9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as I do”
|
||
12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **your sons** refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers”
|
||
12:27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean: (1) they will judge the Pharisees’ accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong” (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges”
|
||
12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you”
|
||
12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is making you a part of his people over whom he will rule”
|
||
12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom Satan had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying”
|
||
12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first”
|
||
12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun and is not referring to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person”
|
||
12:29 tsrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people whom they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons that belong to him”
|
||
12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means they either defeat him or restrain him, making him no longer able to rule over his demons. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him”
|
||
12:30 ivp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry, because they thought he was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work”
|
||
12:30 ek1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus.
|
||
12:31 hy38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that a person commits”
|
||
12:31 t280 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit”
|
||
12:31 ezx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit”
|
||
12:31 kqx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βλασφημία & ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks … when one blasphemes against the Spirit”
|
||
12:32 gwx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, the word **word** is refers to what someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man”
|
||
12:32 h79z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”
|
||
12:32 z3ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person … God will not forgive that person”
|
||
12:32 lw5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 Here, the phrases **this age** and **the one coming** are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time in which we now live, nor in eternity”
|
||
12:33 bi8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 The proverb **Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad** is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person is considered to be a good person if they act in a good way. A person is considered to be a bad person if they act in an evil way. You can judge whether a person is good or bad by how they act”
|
||
12:33 kl16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καλὸν & σαπρὸν 1 The words **good** and **bad** are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST.
|
||
12:33 nx9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit”
|
||
12:34 r1uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here, **You offspring of vipers** is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes which can harm and kill people. The Pharisees were compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “You who behave like dangerous snakes”
|
||
12:34 e7x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evilly the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “being evil, you are certainly not able to say good things”
|
||
12:34 i7c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “A person speaks from all that is in their heart”
|
||
12:34 e9bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts or intentions a person has. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what he desires”
|
||
12:35 r3uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά 1 Jesus uses this proverb to speak about where people’s behavior comes from. Jesus speaks of the heart as **treasure**. He is saying that good people say good things out of their good desires. Similarly, evil people do evil things out of their evil desires. Translate this proverb in a way that would be meaningful in your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “People who have good desires do things, but people who have evil desires do bad things”
|
||
12:36 t2pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Jesus is speaking about **men** in general, and not about any specific men. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people”
|
||
12:36 ay18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world”
|
||
12:37 qw5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you”
|
||
12:38 ikg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God”
|
||
12:39 d8b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 Jesus is speaking to the people in the third person though they are right in front of him. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “A wicked and unfaithful generation like you seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to you”
|
||
12:39 a5di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him, just as a person is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “An evil and unloving generation”
|
||
12:39 j21p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of Jonah the prophet”
|
||
12:39 c6hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give them no sign”
|
||
12:40 vh9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας -1 The phrase **three days and three nights** is referring to three entire days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days”
|
||
12:40 hzem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως 1 Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells that the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish because he disobeyed God. After he repented three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,”
|
||
12:40 iuv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
12:40 gg65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **the heart of the earth** is referring to being deep in the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “under the ground”
|
||
12:41 sn8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Nineveh repented when Jonah came to them, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here before you. Therefore, the men of Nineveh will stand up at the time of judgment with this generation and condemn it”
|
||
12:41 gnh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The phrase **men of Nineveh** is referring to both men and women. Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh”
|
||
12:41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 The phrase **will stand up at the judgment** could mean: (1) that God will resurrect them, as in the UST. (2) that they will stand up with God as fellow judges over Israel. Alternate translation: “they will stand with God at the judgment”
|
||
12:41 x8gm τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 See how you translated the word **generation** in [12:39](../12/39.md)
|
||
12:41 qg29 καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 The word **behold** emphasizes what Jesus says next.
|
||
12:41 dbs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here, and you have not repented”
|
||
12:41 zb6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person πλεῖον 1 Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
12:42 zwv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 This refers to the **Queen** of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel.
|
||
12:42 kku7 ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 See the note on this phrase in the previous verse.
|
||
12:42 z46e ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:41](../12/41.md).
|
||
12:42 zc72 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 See how you translated **generation** in the previous verse.
|
||
12:42 q8q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “she came from very far away”
|
||
12:42 t521 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, I am much greater than is Solomon. Therefore, she will be raised in the judgment with this generation and will judge it”
|
||
12:42 aj1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, and you will not come to hear it”
|
||
12:42 uf5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person πλεῖον 1 Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
12:43 tnea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables δὲ 1 In this verse Jesus begins telling a parable that go through [12:45](../12/45.md). Jesus is teaching the people the dangers of not allowing the Holy Spirit to live in them, and how this allows demons to control them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now I am going to teach you through telling you a story”
|
||
12:43 f5jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “desert areas”
|
||
12:44 ty9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living and controlling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dwelling place I left”
|
||
12:44 cd4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that someone emptied it, swept it out and put it in order”
|
||
12:44 s6jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 Here, the phrase **empty, having been swept out and put in order** is figurative language referring to a house that has been cleaned and vacated, so no one lives there. Similar to this, the spirit found this person to not have any spirit living in it. Jesus is saying that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living within them, so the demon returned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “empty, cleaned, and organized”
|
||
12:47 qd32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now someone said to him that his mother and brothers were standing outside, seeking to speak to him”
|
||
12:48 e535 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Jesus asks this question to teach the crowd about which people are a part of his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who the people are that are my mother and brothers.”
|
||
12:49 rxe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 The phrase **my mother and my brothers** is not here referring to Jesus’ actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me”
|
||
12:50 e25c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 The word **For** here tells the reader that Jesus is explaining the previous thing he said. He is explaining that he considers as family those who obey God. Alternate translation: “For I consider the one who obeys my Father in the heavens to be my brother, my sister, or my mother”
|
||
12:50 mq9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God.
|
||
12:50 s0yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||
12:50 gn31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family, which is more important than belonging to his physical family.
|
||
13:intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nThis chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says the word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).\n\n### Implicit information\n\nSpeakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metaphor\n\nSpeakers often use examples of things that we can see or touch to communicate abstract ideas. Jesus spoke of birds eating newly sown seed to describe how Satan keeps people from understanding Jesus’ message ([13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that something happened to a person without indicating who caused the thing to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables are short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([13:11-13](./11.md)).
|
||
13:1 vx5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 This introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Sometime later that same day”
|
||
13:1 cy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house. He was sitting by the sea”
|
||
13:2 d16z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Large crowds gathered around him”
|
||
13:2 d0v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people”
|
||
13:3 o5f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 Jesus begins telling the crowd a parable about what happens when different people hear his teaching.
|
||
13:3 f5mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:”
|
||
13:4 qr2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from birds and animals that eat seeds. The seeds on the path did not get hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path, where they were unprotected from scavengers”
|
||
13:5,7-8 ql87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλα -1 In these verses, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If it would be helpful in your language, see how it is modeled in the UST.
|
||
13:6 pz44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος 1 The phrase **the sun had risen** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest point in the sky and was hottest. If it would be helpful in your language, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came”
|
||
13:6 qq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants”
|
||
13:7 k69q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note on **others** in [13:5](../13/05.md).
|
||
13:7 vt8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to some readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than did the crops that the sower planted, and so the weeds did not allow the crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants”
|
||
13:8 iwv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note in [13:5](../13/05.md).
|
||
13:8 e91e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, starting a new sentence: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain”
|
||
13:9 q2e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 See the note in [11:15](../11/15.md).
|
||
13:9 gkv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey”
|
||
13:11 fc5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given that understanding to those people”
|
||
13:11 xq2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens”
|
||
13:11 rcd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples.
|
||
13:11 ah6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
13:12 x34s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus speaks of understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that for whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand more. But for whoever does not understand, God will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever understands, God will allow that person to understand even more, and it will be plenty. But for whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have”
|
||
13:12 j3rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὅστις & ὅστις 1 The word **whoever** is referring to people in general and not to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person”
|
||
13:12 v61y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take”
|
||
13:14 jz9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive”
|
||
13:14 a1im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse.
|
||
13:15 tfl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 Here, the word **heart** is used to refer to a person’s mind or inner desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the minds of these people … they will understand in their minds”
|
||
13:15 ps56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 The phrase **they might turn back** is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they repent”
|
||
13:15 q1h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 The phrase **I will heal them** is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “I will forgive their sins”
|
||
13:16 glp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 Here, **see** and **hear** are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears”
|
||
13:16 rlt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν 1 Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples.
|
||
13:16 xczh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears, for they hear”
|
||
13:17 bsj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν & βλέπετε & ἀκούετε 1 All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples.
|
||
13:17 e6ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 The phrase **what you see** is referring to the healings and miracles which Jesus did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the miracles you have seen me do”
|
||
13:17 lslf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but did not see them because they lived before my time”
|
||
13:17 q14w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 The phrase **the things you hear** probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach”
|
||
13:18 w35t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείραντος 1 Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed”
|
||
13:19 v2d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun παντὸς ἀκούοντος 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not about any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People hearing”
|
||
13:19 suhi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 The phrase **the word** is referring to the entire message about **the kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom”
|
||
13:19 het1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here the word **kingdom** is referring to the circumstance where God will rule, and people will gladly submit to his rule over them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message about how God will rule over them”
|
||
13:19 uo3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τῆς βασιλείας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens”
|
||
13:19 a8nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about Satan as if he were like a bird who **snatches away** seeds. God’s message is spoken of as if it **had been sown** in a person’s **heart**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God’s message from their heart”
|
||
13:19 sb7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan, who is the evil one,”
|
||
13:19 r9u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart”
|
||
13:19 xi8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **heart** is referring to the mind of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his mind”
|
||
13:19 wfd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happens when seed is sown on the hard surface alongside the road. The seed is referring to God’s message. The road is referring to the persons **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “When this happens, it is like what happened to seed being sown along the path”
|
||
13:19 xgz5 παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 See how you translated this in [13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||
13:20 l5iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & σπαρείς 1 The phrase **the one having been sown** is talking about the seed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed which was sown”
|
||
13:20 rnct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 Jesus is comparing **the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy** with the seed which is sown on rocky ground. In the same way that the seed sown on rocky soil does not have deep roots, so the person who immediately receives the message has not fully believed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this is like the person who hears the word and quickly receives it with joy”
|
||
13:20 w4f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **word** in the previous verse.
|
||
13:20 cl6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse.
|
||
13:20 z76f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 Jesus is speaking about believing as if they were **receiving** God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God’s message with joy”
|
||
13:21 zg9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 This expression, **but he has no root in himself, but is temporary**, means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive”
|
||
13:21 ixil rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 Here, the second word **but** introduces a contrast. What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather, is temporary”
|
||
13:21 lxuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same ideas with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “for when people afflict and persecute him because of the word”
|
||
13:21 xv50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **word** in the previous verse.
|
||
13:21 lim9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 The expression **to stumble** means that he no longer believes God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God’s message”
|
||
13:22 d4h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & σπαρείς 1 Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was **sown** among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown”
|
||
13:22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 See how you translated **thorns** in [13:7](../13/07.md)
|
||
13:22 a3u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον -1 See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse.
|
||
13:22 q2nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 The phrase **the worry of this age** is likely referring to caring about what a person will eat or drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “fretting about the expense of living”
|
||
13:22 wwf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 Jesus speaks of **riches** as if it were a living thing that could deceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “finding all of their pleasure in wealth”
|
||
13:22 gn6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents not obeying what God wants them to do. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not do what God wants him to do”
|
||
13:23 xw4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 Here Jesus is referring to the story of the seed which fell on the **good soil**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown on the good soil”
|
||
13:23 ptb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ 1 Here the phrase **who indeed produces a crop and yields** means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God, giving fruit”
|
||
13:23 wm3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown”
|
||
13:23 i4t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν & ἑξήκοντα & τριάκοντα 1 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “one hundred times … sixty … thirty”
|
||
13:24 l5yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων, 1 To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells another story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:”
|
||
13:24 xkov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here the term **set before them** means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable”
|
||
13:24 iiv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 It is unknown to whom the pronoun **them** refers. Alternate translation: “the people”
|
||
13:24-30 k8pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is explaining about **the kingdom of the heavens** by using the entire story through [13:30](../13/30.md). See the note in the chapter introduction for more information.
|
||
13:24 f8j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
13:24 u21k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 Here **good seed** is referring to seed that produces the desired crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed that produces useful crops”
|
||
13:25 q4tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζιζάνια 1 Here, **darnel** is a plant that looks like food, but the grain that it produces in poisonous. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation.
|
||
13:27 h51x τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 The **landowner** is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
|
||
13:27 gr7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!”
|
||
13:27 fb86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας 1 The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow”
|
||
13:28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants”
|
||
13:28 num8 συλλέξωμεν αὐτά 1 The word **we** refers to the servants.
|
||
13:29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants”
|
||
13:30 z36a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn”
|
||
13:30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην 1 A **barn** is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, housing animals, and sheltering other farm items.
|
||
13:31 tdf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by beginning to tell a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant.
|
||
13:31 jw7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
13:31 qby8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this is unknown in your culture, use a similar type of seed in your language.
|
||
13:32 gyi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 The phrase **which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds** shows how small the seed is compared with how big it grows. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This seed is the smallest of any seed”
|
||
13:32 g6v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γίνεται δένδρον 1 Here, the phrase **becomes a tree** is an idiom meaning it grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “grows to be a tree”
|
||
13:33 z94k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 In this passage, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with **yeast**. Jesus is saying that, just as yeast is mixed into flour and causes it to grow, so the kingdom of the heavens will grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly.
|
||
13:33 w8sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [4:2](../04/02.md).
|
||
13:33 xc9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 Bakers use **yeast** to act upon the bread dough, causing it to swell due to a chemical reaction that produces air bubbles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread dough swell”
|
||
13:33 r88g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour.
|
||
13:34 nt7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 The phrases **All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds** and **he was speaking nothing to them without a parable** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things to the crowds in parables”
|
||
13:34 n54e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 The phrase **All these things** is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All of the things Jesus taught,”
|
||
13:34 a5c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he spoke only with parables”
|
||
13:35 ybq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said through the prophet might be fulfilled”
|
||
13:35 p3tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος, 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prophet … and this is what he said:”
|
||
13:35 f9gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **I will open my mouth in parables** to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak in parables”
|
||
13:35 yx6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden”
|
||
13:35 th8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world”
|
||
13:36 pq2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
13:37 xj4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the first person, as modelled by UST.
|
||
13:38 h9iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας & οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **sons of the kingdom** is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase **sons of the evil one** is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules”
|
||
13:38 eni3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 See how you translated **the kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
13:40 rn64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen when God judges the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers when he judges the world”
|
||
13:40 hzih rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 The word **thus** means “like this,” and it tells the reader that Jesus is going to explain the meaning of the parable in the following passage. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the end days, it will be like this:”
|
||
13:41 fiy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **Son of Man** in [13:37](../13/37.md).
|
||
13:41 p5p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** here to refer to the whole world. If it would be helpful to your readers, make sure they understand this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the whole world, which he rules over,”
|
||
13:41 ptw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 Here, the phrase **stumbling blocks** is speaking about people who cause other people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the one causing others to sin”
|
||
13:42 d9md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 Here, Jesus is referring to hell as a **furnace of fire**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is hot like a fiery furnace”
|
||
13:42 zu3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering”
|
||
13:43 azqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous”
|
||
13:43 u6sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 Here, Jesus is describing **the righteous** as if they were shining like **the sun**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as in the UST.
|
||
13:43 j487 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** to mean where God dwells and where the righteous will dwell with him. Alternate translation: “when they are dwelling with God”
|
||
13:43 sea2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation.
|
||
13:43 zxh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md).
|
||
13:44-46 fjm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 In [13:44-46](../13/44-46.md), Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value.
|
||
13:44 tac2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with when a person finds **treasure**. He is saying that God’s kingdom is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field”
|
||
13:44 e9cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
13:44 wg6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid”
|
||
13:44 k9rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown θησαυρῷ 1 A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item”
|
||
13:45 c633 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 The author is implying here that the man is **seeking fine pearls** because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls”
|
||
13:45 znbs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of God** with **fine pearls**. He is saying that it is very valuable to a person just like pearls are to a person who buys them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly, as expressed in the UST
|
||
13:45 auj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse.
|
||
13:45 khy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 A **merchant** is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and takes it elsewhere to sell it to other people. If your readers would not understand the word **merchant**, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items”
|
||
13:45 b88q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a creature that lives at the bottom of the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials”
|
||
13:47 vw24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 # General Information\n\n\nJesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish.
|
||
13:47 s2dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo 0 Jesus explains the meaning of the parable in [13:49](../13/49.md), so you do not need to explain the meaning here.
|
||
13:47 g79n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 Here, Jesus compares **the kingdom of the heavens** with how a **net** catches many different kinds of fish. In this sentence, Jesus is not comparing the kingdom of the heavens with the net itself. He is rather comparing the kingdom of the heavens with what the net is doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to how a net cast into the see gathers every kind of fish in it”
|
||
13:47 rjm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
13:47 vrp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοία & σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a net which fisherman threw into the sea”
|
||
13:48 aqhl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fish filled the net”
|
||
13:48 cnp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὰ καλὰ & τὰ & σαπρὰ 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **good** and **worthless** as a noun here in order to describe a group of as either good for eating or not good for eating. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good fish … worthless fish”
|
||
13:49 zawv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι 1 Jesus does not say where the angels **go out** from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God’s presence. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God’s presence”
|
||
13:49 ah2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πονηροὺς & τῶν δικαίων 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **wicked** and **righteous** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wicked … people who are righteous”
|
||
13:50 j8nf καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 See how you translated this verse in [13:42](../13/42.md).
|
||
13:51 p5ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.”
|
||
13:52 g4dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
13:52 gr36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 In this parable, he talks about a man who gives people treasures out of his old and new belongings.
|
||
13:52 ip6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile πᾶς γραμματεὺς & ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1 Here, Jesus is comparing a **scribe** who obeys Jesus with **a man** who gives people new and old things from his treasure. Here, the treasure is referring to both old teachings of the law as well as new teachings which Jesus is bringing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every scribe … is comparable to a person who gives old and new things from their valuable items” or “every scribe … teaches both new and old teachings, which are like treasures to the people whom they teach”
|
||
13:52 g59c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **treasure** in [13:44](../13/44.md).
|
||
13:53 jwv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 This verse tells the reader that the story about Jesus telling many parable to others is ending. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.
|
||
13:54 qnh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the phrase **And having entered into his hometown** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a way in your language that people use to introduce a new event.
|
||
13:54 q3ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth”
|
||
13:54 b3d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? 1 The people asked this question because they did not believe that Jesus had the power to do miracles and heal people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How can it be that this man has such great wisdom and does these miracles”
|
||
13:55 rk5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? 1 The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.”
|
||
13:55 rpj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 The word **carpenter** here is referring to someone who builds with wood. If your readers would not understand the word **carpenter**, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood”
|
||
13:55 qspg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 Jesus is using the phrase **the carpenter** to mean Jospeh, Jesus’ earthly father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter”
|
||
13:56 m9pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.”
|
||
13:56 bnv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? 1 The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!”
|
||
13:56 pqf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and ability to do miracles”
|
||
13:57 f5md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus offended them”
|
||
13:57 azn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored,”
|
||
13:57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 See how you translated **hometown** in [4:2](../04/02.md).
|
||
13:57 w4x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings”
|
||
13:58 e2cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place”
|
||
14:intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (See: [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that thing to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
14:2 pd1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him”
|
||
14:2 nx7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead”
|
||
14:2 vve7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Jesus speaks of **the miraculous powers** as if they were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this is why God has given him great power to do miracles”
|
||
14:3-12 zgp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background γὰρ 1 From here until [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:”
|
||
14:3 zsvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod’s brother’s wife, Herod had John arrested, bound, and thrown into prison”
|
||
14:3 d3gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then put him in prison”
|
||
14:3 h466 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 Jesus is using the term **Herod** to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and put him in prison”
|
||
14:3 lr92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 **Philip** was the name of a man who was Herod’s brother.
|
||
14:4 n1t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her”
|
||
14:6 fvs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing **in the midst** of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration”
|
||
14:6 vdik rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου 1 In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And as they were celebrating Herod’s birthday”
|
||
14:8 rhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now she, because her mother urged her beforehand”
|
||
14:8 ruy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πίνακι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what the word **platter** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large serving plate”
|
||
14:9 s8zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved”
|
||
14:9 j6nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that the soldiers give to her”
|
||
14:11 nd5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl”
|
||
14:11 pba6 πίνακι 1 See how you translated **platter** in verse [14:8](../14/08.md).
|
||
14:12 mq89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 The disciples came to Jesus to tell him what happened to John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist”
|
||
14:13 id97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to an empty place by himself”
|
||
14:13 ia39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”
|
||
14:13 ipm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning that they walked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation, with a preceding comma: “walking”
|
||
14:15 otp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν 1 This phrase means it was late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day”
|
||
14:16 r5gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples.
|
||
14:17 ih48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους 1 If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “since we only have five loaves and two fish”
|
||
14:19 i34u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 Here, **looked up to heaven** is symbolic for praying. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
|
||
14:19 bf1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces”
|
||
14:19 t7ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds”
|
||
14:20 l2h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they felt satisfied”
|
||
14:21 als7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἄνδρες & πεντακισχίλιοι 1 Alternate translation: “five thousand men”
|
||
14:22 yp8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 Matthew is providing background information for the next story, about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the disciples get into the boat and precede him to the other side while he was sending away the crowds
|
||
14:24 vzd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind”
|
||
14:25 pmw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what **fourth watch** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose”
|
||
14:26 h7df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost”
|
||
14:30 sk3j βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 Here, **seeing the strong wind** means he observed the turbulent effect the powerful gusts had on the water. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the strong wind was causing large waves”
|
||
14:31 ia1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 Here, **doubt** is referring to Peter not trusting that Jesus could keep him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking”
|
||
14:31 cr9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!”
|
||
14:33 u8pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God.
|
||
14:34 cv3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ διαπεράσαντες 1 Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After crossing over the Sea of Galilee”
|
||
14:34 x9nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Γεννησαρέτ 1 **Gennesaret** is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee.
|
||
14:35 xd7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of”
|
||
14:36 mw8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation, preceded by a comma: “Jesus healed them”
|
||
15:intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “traditions of the elders”\n\nThe “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Jews and Gentiles\n\nThe Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nThe Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep require someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where predatory animals can easily kill and eat them . (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
15:1 q6af rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
15:2 j1b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 The Pharisees are using the question form to challenge Jesus about why his disciples are not following the traditions of the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elders!”
|
||
15:2 yn6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Here, **the traditions of the elders** is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous leaders created”
|
||
15:2 gfn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not follow the ritual of washing their hands of their impurities”
|
||
15:3 ia1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!”
|
||
15:4 srz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καί ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die”
|
||
15:5 ql75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δῶρον 1 It might be necessary in your language to say for whom the gift is intended. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God”
|
||
15:5 l8t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother ‘Whatever might have been helpful from me is a gift’”
|
||
15:6 q3kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατέρα 1 Here, the word **father** implies the idea of both the father and the mother. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “father and mother” or “parents”
|
||
15:6 znt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the word of God** is referring to God’s commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have voided God’s commandments”
|
||
15:7 t4fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ὑποκριταί 1 Jesus calls them **hypocrites** in an exclamatory way to emphasize his anger with them. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “You are hypocrites!”
|
||
15:7 n4ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “when he said”
|
||
15:8 qw69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 Isaiah, whom Jesus is quoting, is using the term **lips** to mean the spoken word. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” or “This people honors me with their words”
|
||
15:8 bz91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns με & ἐμοῦ 1 Here, both uses of the word **me** are referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me”
|
||
15:8 wuw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & καρδία 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a person’s inner thoughts or desires. Alternate translation: “desire”
|
||
15:8 q7vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **far away from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not love me in their hearts”
|
||
15:8 hr29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast.
|
||
15:9 vvb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as things which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments”
|
||
15:11 s28y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Jesus is using the phrase **enters into the mouth** to mean that which a person eats. He is using the phrase **comes out from the mouth** to mean what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles him, but what a person says, this is what defiles him”
|
||
15:12 l2uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι & ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees … were upset”
|
||
15:13 n5ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, judging them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him”
|
||
15:13 j49e rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 The phrase **my heavenly Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation.
|
||
15:13 hs4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot”
|
||
15:14 r167 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees”
|
||
15:14 ai9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God, because they themselves do not know how to obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like sightless guides. But if the sightless guide leads the sightless person along, both will fall into a hole”
|
||
15:15 shg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 By **us**, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||
15:16 al9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand”
|
||
15:17 l5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that goes into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet”
|
||
15:17 s9z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφεδρῶνα 1 Here, **latrine** is a word which means the place where people bury bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation.
|
||
15:18 ca1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 Jesus is using the phrase **proceeding out of the mouth** to mean speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks”
|
||
15:18 jt6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts”
|
||
15:20 bme7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον & ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this.
|
||
15:21 e5gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent 0 Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
15:21 t81u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew”
|
||
15:22 x1wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a Canaanite woman, having come out** to introduce the **Canaanite woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from their region”
|
||
15:22 xs64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, Messiah”
|
||
15:22 j6rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter”
|
||
15:23 hd2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 Matthew is using the phrase **he did not answer her a word** to mean that he did not respond at all to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he kept silent”
|
||
15:24 t9ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me”
|
||
15:24 wfnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel”
|
||
15:24 u9t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep”
|
||
15:25 u3jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 Here, **bowed down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture.
|
||
15:26 ihz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended”
|
||
15:26 a5bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nourishment”
|
||
15:27 yvw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ & τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are wasting. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly.
|
||
15:27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 See how you translated **little dogs** in the previous verse.
|
||
15:28 tea2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this”
|
||
15:28 n229 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter”
|
||
15:28 wwq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means “at that moment”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment”
|
||
15:29 np6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent 0 Matthew is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
15:30 c8td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as demonstrated in the UST.
|
||
15:30 yf7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of Jesus”
|
||
15:30 gy3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the word **them** is referring to the many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people”
|
||
15:31 be52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κωφοὺς & κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς 1 See the note in the previous verse for how to translate these adjectives.
|
||
15:33 uhi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 The disciples are using the question form to challenge Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!”
|
||
15:34 k86l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἑπτά 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation, with following comma deleted: “We have seven loaves”
|
||
15:36 a9s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd”
|
||
15:38 z66m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 Alternate translation: “four thousand men”
|
||
15:39 m8dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 This region is sometimes called “Magdala.”
|
||
16:intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Yeast\n\nJesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Background information\n\nMatthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so that Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)).
|
||
16:1 t7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πειράζοντες 1 Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him”
|
||
16:4 jl3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md).
|
||
16:4 fhx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md).
|
||
16:4 d9eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 2 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign”
|
||
16:4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
|
||
16:5 ii6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Jesus is using the word translated **And** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now”
|
||
16:5 si9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the opposite shore”
|
||
16:6 hfz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate it as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in [16:12](../16/12.md).
|
||
16:8 mg8s ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||
16:8 zz4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.”
|
||
16:9 h5bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!”
|
||
16:9 ux51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τῶν πεντακισχιλίων 1 Alternate translation: “of the five thousand”
|
||
16:10 ejm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!”
|
||
16:10 b11x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τῶν τετρακισχιλίων 1 Alternate translation: “of the four thousand”
|
||
16:11 mb2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I was not speaking about bread.”
|
||
16:11 i7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In the next verse, Jesus will tell the disciples the meaning.
|
||
16:12 f73l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns συνῆκαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples realized”
|
||
16:13 e5cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Jesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
16:13 e1jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as in the UST.
|
||
16:16 n5wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation.
|
||
16:16 r1h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 Here, Peter uses the phrase **living God** to speaking about God as being alive. This is to contrast God, the only true God, with the other gods, who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God”
|
||
16:17 yh0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens, you are blessed”
|
||
16:17 le6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 The word **Bar** is an Aramaic word which means son. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon, the son of Jonah”
|
||
16:17 g8s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather”
|
||
16:17 dfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 Jesus is using **flesh and blood** to represent a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person” or “people”
|
||
16:17 wix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous verse about Jesus being “the Christ, the Son of the living God.” It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ, the Son of the living God” or “did not give you the knowledge to say this”
|
||
16:17 v5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you”
|
||
16:17 gi3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation.
|
||
16:18 z897 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ὅτι σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Here, Jesus uses the imagery of **Peter** as a **rock**. The name **Peter** means **rock**. It might be helpful to state this explicitly in your language to make this imagery and wordplay clear to your readers. See how this is demonstrated in the UST.
|
||
16:18 x43d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase **this rock** could represent: (1) Peter himself. Alternate translation: “upon this rock, which is you” or (2) the truth that Peter had just said in [16:16](../16/16.md). Alternate translation: “upon what you have said, which is like a foundation of rock” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly.
|
||
16:18 vu9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 Jesus is using the term **Hades** to mean death. He is using the term **gate** to mean the power which death has over people. Once a gate is shut, people can no longer leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the imprisoning power of death will not overpower it”
|
||
16:19 ysk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you δώσω σοι 1 Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter.
|
||
16:19 pp5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν; καὶ 1 Here Jesus is using the term **keys** to refer to someone having authority in God’s kingdom. There is some debate about how much authority Peter is given here. (1) Some interpret the second half of the verse as describing the authority that Peter is given. Alternate translation: “the keys of the kingdom, so that” (2) Some say that Peter is given authority to decide who can and can not live with God forever. Alternate translation: “authority to decide who can come to live with me forever, and” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly.
|
||
16:19 k09j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰς κλεῖδας 1 Here, **keys** are things used to unlock a door or gate so that people can enter or exit a place. And **keys** can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened, and people cannot go through it. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation.
|
||
16:19 kc3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
16:19 ef9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, **bound** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loosed** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever you forbid to happen on the earth will be forbidden in heaven, and whatever you allow on the earth will be allowed in the heavens”
|
||
16:19 dy4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς -1 Jesus is using the phrase **in the heavens** to mean by God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by God who is in the heavens … by God who is in the heavens”
|
||
16:21 yile rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 Here, everything that Jesus says will happen to him: that he is **to go to Jerusalem**, **to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes**, **to be killed**, **to be raised on the third day**, will happen as he said. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem. Then, to suffer much from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes. Then to be killed, and afterwards, to be raised on the third day”
|
||
16:21 es1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναι 1 Here, **to be raised** is an idiom that means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be brought back to life”
|
||
16:21 r5hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise me on the third day”
|
||
16:21 jjx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three”
|
||
16:22 guz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἵλεώς σοι 1 **Merciful to you** is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God be merciful to you”
|
||
16:23 f28i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus calls Peter **Satan**. This is because Peter is behaving as Satan behaved by trying to get Jesus not to obey God. He also calls him a **stumbling block**, which is a rock which someone might trip over. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are acting like Satan! Get out of my sight! You are like a stumbling block to me, trying to get me to disobey God”
|
||
16:24 t0zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun εἴ τις θέλει 1 The word **anyone** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “If a person wants”
|
||
16:24 ck1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν 1 Here, **to come after me** is an idiom that means to be Jesus’ disciple. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciple”
|
||
16:24 pg9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “be willing to suffer and die for my sake”
|
||
16:25 tp9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For any person who desires”
|
||
16:25 y9kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Here, **lose** it is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life”
|
||
16:25 xz98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Here, **find it** means to obtain life with God forever. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will live with God forever”
|
||
16:26 eqe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not profit him if he forfeits his soul”
|
||
16:26 g0xo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Jesus is using the phrase a man here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person”
|
||
16:26 q7x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 The phrase the whole world is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires”
|
||
16:26 eck5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life”
|
||
16:27 iyu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει 1 Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay”
|
||
16:27 vk5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation.
|
||
16:28 k2d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples.
|
||
16:28 wq13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means to experience death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die”
|
||
16:28 p1d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die”
|
||
16:28 b2pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **coming in his kingdom** to mean when Jesus will come to rule over his people forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming to rule over his people”
|
||
16:28 etk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in the previous verse.
|
||
17:intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Elijah\n\nThe Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### “transfigured”\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
|
||
17:1 u6dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ 1 The phrase translated **And six days later** indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “And six days after these things happen”
|
||
17:2 kq4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God changed how he looked”
|
||
17:2 uxg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **before them** is an idiom that means in front of them. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of them”
|
||
17:2 i1mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς 1 The phrases **his face shone like the sun** and **his garments became brilliant as the light** are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright”
|
||
17:4 r41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 By **us** Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||
17:4 d231 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 Here, **shelters** are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation.
|
||
17:5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) that the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked people’s view of them” (2) the cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them”
|
||
17:5 kc8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Matthew is using the term **voice** to mean sounds from God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud”
|
||
17:6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they”
|
||
17:6 a87e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the three disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground”
|
||
17:7 iw4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid”
|
||
17:8 i9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus”
|
||
17:9 y9rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternative translation: “I, the Son of Man”
|
||
17:12 a4h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν 1 The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did … the religious leaders”
|
||
17:12 i74i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **Son of Man** in [17:9](../17/09.md).
|
||
17:13 cskj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
|
||
17:15 ufb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 See how you translated **have mercy** in [15:22](../15/22.md).
|
||
17:15 hs55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιάζεται 1 Here, **epileptic** is a condition where someone’s body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you can use in your translation.
|
||
17:17 lyu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄπιστος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **unbelieving** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people”
|
||
17:17 su3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations, as in the UST.
|
||
17:18 i8kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus caused the boy to be healed”
|
||
17:18 h2gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means the boy was healed instantly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instantly”
|
||
17:19 pz9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||
17:19 sz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon”
|
||
17:20 uy78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a **mustard seed** with the amount of **faith** necessary to move a mountain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith”
|
||
17:20 x48i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative pronoun **nothing** and the negative word **impossible**. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible for you”
|
||
17:22 r2cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
17:22 jzq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am about”
|
||
17:22 ff8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over”
|
||
17:22 mmk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 The word **hands** here is a metonym expressing possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that those men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men”
|
||
17:23 hl6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται 1 Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up”
|
||
17:23 b6g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards”
|
||
17:23 fni4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 Here, **he will be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring Jesus back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead”
|
||
17:23 fjac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up”
|
||
17:24 jli6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
17:24 b953 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple”
|
||
17:24 cths rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two days’ wages”
|
||
17:25 yp5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens”
|
||
17:26 u6xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse.
|
||
17:27 uhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp curved object used to catch fish, to the end of a fishing line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that people catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing”
|
||
17:27 t9t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth four days’ wages”
|
||
17:27 km3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter.
|
||
18:intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?\n\nJesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as though he had been judged to be guilty. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||
18:1 f7zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, **At that hour** is an idiom that means immediately. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Right then”
|
||
18:1 pp31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
18:3 fs1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “if you turn and become like children, you will certainly enter”
|
||
18:3 h9w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples will only enter the kingdom of God if they become like children. Alternate translation: “suppose that you do not turn and become like little children. Then you will never enter the kingdom of the heavens”
|
||
18:3 ewj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the disciples with children. He is saying that unless they become like the child who does not care about being the greatest but obeys Jesus, they will not enter the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unless you become humble”
|
||
18:3 ch9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
18:4 ta7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, Jesus continues to compare the disciples with a **little child**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, he who becomes humble in the same way as this little child is humble”
|
||
18:4 rw2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὅστις 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “if a person”
|
||
18:4 gf8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse.
|
||
18:5 v4a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any person who”
|
||
18:5 i9ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **little child** is referring to the people who act like a little child, and not to an actual child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives one of those acting like a little child”
|
||
18:5 dz1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in my name** to mean “because he is my disciple.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple”
|
||
18:6 ghp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that a person might put a millstone around his neck and he might sink into the depths of the sea”
|
||
18:6 dxd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The word **stumble** usually refers to someone tripping over an object. Here, **stumble** is used to refer to someone who sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But whoever causes one of these little ones … to stop believing in me”
|
||
18:6 w3uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύλος 1 A **millstone** is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you could use in your translation.
|
||
18:7 ees6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Jesus is using the term **world** to mean the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people”
|
||
18:7 y7vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων & τὰ σκάνδαλα & τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 A **stumbling block** is something that causes people to trip and fall. Here, it is referring to people who cause others to sin. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who cause others to sin … people who cause others to sin … to the person who causes other people to sin”
|
||
18:8 vad7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Jesus says **Now if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you** here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language.
|
||
18:8 rios rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, **stumble** means to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
|
||
18:8 gqi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί 1 All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking individually to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.”
|
||
18:8 pc4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here, Jesus says **life** to refer to eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life with God in heaven”
|
||
18:8 lhk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire”
|
||
18:9 xad4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Jesus says **And if your eye causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you** here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language.
|
||
18:9 xruf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus speaks of an **eye** as if it were able to cause a person **to stumble**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if your eye lets you see things that cause you to stumble”
|
||
18:9 q7tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 See how you translated **stumble** in the previous verse.
|
||
18:9 eii2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί 1 All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular although Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.”
|
||
18:9 m8as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 See how you translated **life** in the previous verse.
|
||
18:9 r1ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire”
|
||
18:10 qnc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε 1 **See** is an idiom that here means “be sure that.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be sure that”
|
||
18:10 e9uf ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 See how you translated **little ones** in [18:6](../18/06.md).
|
||
18:10 geci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ καταφρονήσητε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “you would treat well”
|
||
18:10 xdl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Jewish teachers taught that only the most important **angels** could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.
|
||
18:10 y6n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, **always look on the face of my Father** is an idiom that means that they are in his presence continually. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are continually in the presence of my Father”
|
||
18:10 iq8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation.
|
||
18:12 idl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to get the people’s attention. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Think about what I am about to say.”
|
||
18:12 h1vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τινι ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The phrase **a certain man** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person”
|
||
18:12 t5h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly leave the 99 on the hillside and seek the one wandering”
|
||
18:14 kcy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the story of the wander sheep and the rejoicing shepherd with what God thinks when one of his people is wandering from him and is brought back. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the shepherd brings back the wandering sheep, so your Father who is in the heavens does not want any of those who are like little children to wander from him and perish eternally”
|
||
18:14 usa4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν 1 Here, **your** is plural.
|
||
18:14 fmm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation.
|
||
18:14 kyw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||
18:15 kpe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Here the term **brother** specifically means fellow believers that are like brothers in a family. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it.
|
||
18:15 uyk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if a fellow believer sins against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose a fellow believer sins against you. Then you should go to reprove him privately”
|
||
18:15 yh3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain the importance of reconciling fellow believers. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he listens to you. Then you have gained your brother”
|
||
18:16 i25x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Here, **mouth** and **word** both refer to what a person says.
|
||
18:16 oea6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if someone who sins against you does not listen to you when you tell them that they sinned against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose they do not listen. Then you should bring one or two other people with you”
|
||
18:16 xv1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true”
|
||
18:16 kbrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “In order that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every accusation might stand, bring one or two people with you”
|
||
18:17 g3aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 Translate the hypothetical phrases **if he refuses to listen to them, speak to the church** and **if he also refuses to listen to the church, let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector** the way that you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse.
|
||
18:17 kx28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the person who does not listen with a Gentile and a tax collector. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this means explicitly. Alternate translation: “treat them as you would treat a Gentile or a tax collector who is not a fellow believer”
|
||
18:18 so62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 See how you translated the words **bind** and **release** in [16:19](../16/19.md).
|
||
18:19 cal4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Here, Jesus implies that he means not only **two**, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if two or more of you”
|
||
18:19 fqu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father will do it for them”
|
||
18:19 gs8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation.
|
||
18:19 i6zu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md)
|
||
18:20 l7vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in my name** to mean himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they belong to me”
|
||
18:21 c9ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ποσάκις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the first phrase describes the reason for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “how often will I forgive my brother because he sinned against me”
|
||
18:21 e973 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 Here the term **brother** specifically means another disciple of Jesus. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it.
|
||
18:22 b19x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. Jesus is using this number to mean a number so high that one cannot count. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a very large number used for exaggeration in your language, or you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more times than you can count”
|
||
18:23 rqp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to** introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||
18:23 bp72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 Here, to **settle accounts** means to look at how much each of **his slaves** owes him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to figure out how much his debtors owed him”
|
||
18:24 d6ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone brought him a large debtor who owed 10,000 talents to him”
|
||
18:24 w3nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 A **talent** was worth about a days wage, so **10,000 talents** would have been an extremely large amount of money. Jesus used this large amount on purpose to show that it was an unpayable amount of debt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who owed an unpayable amount of money”
|
||
18:25 nmz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as demonstrated in the UST.
|
||
18:26 thl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει 1 In their culture, **bowing down** was a sign of honoring someone of more importance than you. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
|
||
18:26 pbcc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be patient”
|
||
18:27 mer0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ δάνιον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **forgave him his debt** is an idiom that means the slave no longer had to pay the debt that he owed the king. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made it so that the slave did not have to pay his debt”
|
||
18:28 zyie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “100 days’ wages”
|
||
18:29 i21c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 See how you translated this in [18:26](../18/26.md).
|
||
18:29 kk6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 See how you translated **Have patience** in [18:26](../18/26.md).
|
||
18:30 t8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 Here, **he threw him into prison** is an idiom that means that he put him in prison. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him in prison”
|
||
18:31 w9n2 οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “the other slaves”
|
||
18:31 nx9k διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “they told the king”
|
||
18:32 txr7 τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “Then the king called the first slave and”
|
||
18:33 jw37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα? 1 The king uses a question to scold the first slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!”
|
||
18:34 e95u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “ordered his slaves to give the wicked slave over”
|
||
18:34 j7s3 τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to those who would torture him”
|
||
18:34 e14m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the wicked slave owed the king”
|
||
18:35 pm1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus.
|
||
18:35 q8p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν & ἕκαστος & ὑμῶν 1 All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers.
|
||
18:35 c4fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being.
|
||
18:35 mzn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely”
|
||
19:intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Divorce\n\nJesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([1:12](../mat/01/12.md)).
|
||
19:1 nj6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent 0 Matthew uses this verse to introduce a new event in the story.
|
||
19:1 bw17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 The phrase translated **when Jesus had finished these words** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said all of these things”
|
||
19:1 c5j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν & τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things”
|
||
19:4 ncb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have certainly read that the one having made them from the beginning made them male and female”
|
||
19:5 n8zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καὶ εἶπεν 1 Here, Jesus quotes a quotation from [Genesis 2:23](../gen/02/23.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and Moses wrote what he said, saying”
|
||
19:5 xc7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation.
|
||
19:5 q71w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that on account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh”
|
||
19:5 af1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will come together with his wife”
|
||
19:5 a45k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **he will be joined to his wife** is an idiom that could mean (1) a sexual union. Alternate translation: “he will have sexual union with his wife” (2) he will be associated closely with his wife. Alternate translation: “he will live with his wife” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly.
|
||
19:5 m83j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 Here, two people, a man and woman, are spoken of as if they can become one person. They do not actually become one person, but are so close to each other that it Is as if they are one person. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will become like one flesh”
|
||
19:5 vs06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σάρκα 1 Jesus is using the term **flesh** to mean body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “body”
|
||
19:6 m4b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse.
|
||
19:6 gex5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σὰρξ 1 See how you translated **flesh** in the previous verse.
|
||
19:6 ahoc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “a person” to indicate this.
|
||
19:7 tv3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 Moses did not tell the people to divorce their wives, but he gave the men a way to do it if they insisted. This might be confusing to your readers, as it might sound like Moses is telling the people to divorce their wives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why did Moses permit us to give a certificate of divorce”
|
||
19:7 xml9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 A **certificate of divorce** is a document that legally ends a marriage. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation.
|
||
19:8 j6tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι Μωϋσῆς πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Moses permitted you to send away your wives because of your hardness of heart”
|
||
19:8 zu87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means stubbornness. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are so stubborn”
|
||
19:8 mgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 Jesus is using the phrase **from the beginning** to mean when God created man and woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when God created man and woman,”
|
||
19:9 eq8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person who”
|
||
19:9 i1u0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται; καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only if someone divorces his wife because she was sexually immoral does he not commit adultery when he marries another woman”
|
||
19:9 yl3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis γαμήσῃ ἄλλην 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “marries another woman”
|
||
19:9 ps45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 Many early texts do not include these words.
|
||
19:11 h3a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἷς δέδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the ones to whom God has given it”
|
||
19:12 m1r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there are eunuchs whom men made eunuchs”
|
||
19:12 g4bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have **made themselves eunuchs** by removing their sexual organs, as represented in the UST. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. Alternate translation: “eunuchs who remain unmarried” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.
|
||
19:12 r78n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in order to serve God, who rules as king from heaven”
|
||
19:13 wjb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nMatthew is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
19:13 wu52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to him”
|
||
19:14 m219 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate the double negative **do not forbid**. Alternate translation: “allow them”
|
||
19:14 kifm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 The phrases **Permit the little children** and **do not forbid** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “You should allow the little children to come to me”
|
||
19:14 l1bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [19:12](../19/12.md).
|
||
19:17 sce3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the young man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not ask me about what is good!”
|
||
19:17 d4sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός 1 When Jesus says **One is good**, he is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God alone is good”
|
||
19:17 d7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 Here, **to enter into life** is an idiom that means to gain eternal life. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to gain eternal life”
|
||
19:21 zic9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”
|
||
19:21 e4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to the reward of living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||
19:21 ndjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Jesus is using the term **follow me** to mean “be one of my disciples.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be one of my disciples”
|
||
19:22 ql5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ νεανίσκος τὸν λόγον, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the young man … had many possessions, so he went away being grieved”
|
||
19:23 vh98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πλούσιος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to mean rich people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who are rich”
|
||
19:23 ean2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [19:12](../19/12.md).
|
||
19:24 c8l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 Jesus says **it is easier for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it would be easier for a large object to pass through a very small hole than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God”
|
||
19:24 dip3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 Here, **eye of a needle** is referring to the small hole in a needle used for sewing fabric. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. Or, you can use a general statement. Alternate translation: “a tiny hole”
|
||
19:25 x1at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Who then will God save”
|
||
19:26 s7ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But on the other hand,”
|
||
19:26 zsp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this.
|
||
19:27 yp3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 Peter is using the adjective **everything** as a noun to mean all of their possessions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything which belongs to us”
|
||
19:28 j89c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in the renewal** to mean the time when God will recreate the world without any sin in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time when God recreates the world with no sin in it,”
|
||
19:28 gey2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὅταν καθίσῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST.
|
||
19:28 sx2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **throne** to mean when he is going to rule as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “rules over the world as king”
|
||
19:28 rx2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθήσεσθε καὶ & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους 1 See how you translated “throne” in the previous note.
|
||
19:28 ci3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 Jesus is using the term **tribes** to mean the people who belong to those tribes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to each of the 12 tribes of Israel”
|
||
19:29 gq8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 Jesus is using the term **name** to mean his entire person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for my sake”
|
||
19:29 z8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 Here, to **inherit eternal life** is an idiom that means that God will allow them to live forever with him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live forever with him”
|
||
19:30 u8p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι & ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is using the terms **first** and **last** to mean people’s importance in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly.
|
||
19:30 hnm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But many whom the world considers most important will be last, and many whom the world considers least important will be first”
|
||
20:intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard\n\nJesus tells this parable ([20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
|
||
20:1 q9qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated a similar introduction to a parable in [13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||
20:2 iwk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν 1 A **denarius** was a coin equal to a day’s wage for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a day’s wage”
|
||
20:3 s8ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ τρίτην ὥραν 1 Here, **the third hour** is about 9 o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 9 o'clock in the morning”
|
||
20:3 bki1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τρίτην ὥραν 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “at hour three”
|
||
20:3 q3b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 A **marketplace** is an outdoor area were people buy and sell food and other goods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where people go to buy food”
|
||
20:5 j3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ ἀπῆλθον 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people standing in the marketplace. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The people who were standing in the marketplace went to the vineyard”
|
||
20:5 pip4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 The **sixth** hour is around noon. The **ninth** hour is around three in the afternoon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about noon and three in the afternoon”
|
||
20:8 wq8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **manager** is referring to a worker who told the other workers what to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his manager, who was in charge of the workers”
|
||
20:8 x6iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων 1 Here, **last** and **first** are referring to the **workers**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having begun from the workers who came last and then paying the workers who came first”
|
||
20:9 gpkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 See how you translated **denarius** in [20:2](../20/02.md).
|
||
20:10 d2bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 See how you translated **denarius** in the previous verse.
|
||
20:12 vy87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα 1 Here, **the ones having borne the burden** is an idiom that means those who did the most work. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones having done the most work for the day in the intense heat”
|
||
20:13 qbu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι 1 The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers who are grumbling against him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly agreed with me for a denarius!”
|
||
20:15 h3uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς? 1 The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is surely lawful for me to do what I desire with my money!”
|
||
20:15 dus3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι? 1 The landowner is using the question form to challenge the workers. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your eye is certainly evil because I am good!”
|
||
20:16 k5fe οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 See how you translated a similar verse in [19:30](../19/30.md).
|
||
20:16 bhr5 οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘In the same way, the last will be first’”
|
||
20:17 b6ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβαίνων & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 **Jerusalem** is on top of a hill, so people had to travel **up** to get there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “going up the hill to Jerusalem”
|
||
20:18 nf34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 Jesus is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and the disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction.
|
||
20:18 b2f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over”
|
||
20:18 rbl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man … me”
|
||
20:18 s8uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to die”
|
||
20:19 rjq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … to crucify me … I will be raised up”
|
||
20:19 a9k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαστιγῶσαι 1 Here, to **flog** is to whip someone as a form of torture. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation.
|
||
20:19 pn84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days later”
|
||
20:19 kr7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up”
|
||
20:20 sx75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this”
|
||
20:21 gvrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative εἰπὲ 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please tell me”
|
||
20:21 b8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 Jesus is using the phrases **at your right hand** and **at your left hand** to mean places of power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “holding in places of power”
|
||
20:21 i9n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** to mean when Jesus rules as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you rule as a king over the world”
|
||
20:22 gx17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you οὐκ οἴδατε 1 **You** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons.
|
||
20:22 i8nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you δύνασθε 1 Here, **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons.
|
||
20:22 f9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν 1 Here, **to drink the cup that I am about to drink** is an idiom that means to suffer as Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to suffer in the way that I am about to suffer”
|
||
20:22 d4rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to the son of Zebedee. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee say”
|
||
20:22 rrl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive δυνάμεθα 1 By **We**, the sons of Zebedee mean themselves, but not their mother, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||
20:23 m4d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε 1 Here, **My cup you will drink** is an idiom that means they will suffer in the same way that Jesus will suffer. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You will suffer just as I will suffer”
|
||
20:23 aq1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δεξιῶν & εὐωνύμων 1 See how you translated this in [20:21](../20/21.md).
|
||
20:23 mu7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather”
|
||
20:23 sj51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “to the ones that God, my Father, prepared”
|
||
20:23 x5f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation.
|
||
20:24 la38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν 1 The other ten disciples were angry at the two disciples because they also wanted to be most powerful when Jesus ruled as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two because they likewise wanted to be the most important people when Jesus would rule as king”
|
||
20:26 y4qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Jesus is comparing what the rulers of the world do with what the disciples should do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather”
|
||
20:27 j3ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἶναι πρῶτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean people who think they are most important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to be most important”
|
||
20:27 u8ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the term **servant** to mean a person who takes the humblest position among the Christian community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will serve all of you”
|
||
20:28 m27d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man … my life”
|
||
20:28 iz71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did not come for people to serve him”
|
||
20:28 c7r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he came to serve”
|
||
20:28 fmr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather”
|
||
20:28 zh3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 Jesus’ **life** being a **ransom** is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from themselves taking the punishment for their own sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute to set many free”
|
||
20:28 zv1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **to give his life** is an idiom that means to die. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to die”
|
||
20:29 ev2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were proceeding”
|
||
20:30 t577 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 The blind men are using the term **Son** to mean Descendent. This is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendent of King David”
|
||
20:33 yb39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Κύριε, ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν. 1 Here, the word **opened** means made able to see. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lord, that we might see with our eyes”
|
||
20:33 xdgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 The blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we desire that our eyes might be opened”
|
||
21:intro ni1x 0 # Matthew 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there was both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))\n\n### Hosanna\n\nThis is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”\n\nNo one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
|
||
21:1 f8fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ὅτε 1 Matthew is using the word translated **when** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
21:1 p3g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 **Bethphage** is the name of a village that was near Jerusalem.
|
||
21:1 hofl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 The **Mount of Olives** is the name of a mountain near the city of Jerusalem.
|
||
21:2 wen2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὄνον δεδεμένην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a donkey that a person has tied up”
|
||
21:2 pq2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δεδεμένην 1 The donkey was **tied up** to a wooden post in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied up to a post”
|
||
21:2 ure7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πῶλον 1 Here, **a colt** is a young donkey. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation.
|
||
21:3 o47q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει 1 Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Now suppose someone says something to you. Then you should say, ‘The Lord has need of them’”
|
||
21:3 qwvf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you should say that the Lord has need of them”
|
||
21:3 hiro rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness ὁ Κύριος 1 The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||
21:4 n979 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:14](../04/14.md).
|
||
21:4 x3up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 Here, the **prophet** whom Matthew is speaking about is Zechariah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the prophet Zechariah”
|
||
21:4 inek rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said:”
|
||
21:5 whn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών 1 The prophet is using the phrase **daughter of Zion** to mean the people who live in the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who live in the city of Jerusalem”
|
||
21:5 e9pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [21:2](../21/02.md).
|
||
21:5 fx3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 Here, the **colt** and the **foal of a beast of burden** are referring to the same animal. The second phrase is describing more about the **colt**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on a colt, which is a foal of a beast of burden”
|
||
21:5 a6qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 Here, a **foal** is the offspring of donkey. A **beast of burden** is an animal that pulls heavy objects and works. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of a large working animal”
|
||
21:7 y6en rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 See how you translated “cloak” in [9:20](../09/20.md).
|
||
21:8 t29s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 The crowd did these things, which are usually done for a king, to show honor to Jesus. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
|
||
21:9 ky4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὡσαννὰ & ὡσαννὰ 1 **Hosanna** is a word borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Praise … Praise”
|
||
21:9 ysb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 See how you translated **Son of David** in [20:30](../20/30.md).
|
||
21:9 q52t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The people are using the term **in the name of the Lord** to mean one who comes representing God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “representing God”
|
||
21:9 g73z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 The people are using the phrase **in the highest places** to refer to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to God”
|
||
21:10 f1ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this stirred the whole city, and its people said”
|
||
21:10 cb4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 Matthew is using the term **city** to mean the people who live in that city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the city were stirred”
|
||
21:11 nqb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Ναζαρὲθ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Here, the possessive form tells the reader that **Nazareth** is a town in the region of **Galilee**. Alternate translation: “Nazareth, which is in Galilee”
|
||
21:12 y9j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered the courtyard around the temple”
|
||
21:12 w7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας 1 Merchants were **selling** animals and other items so that travelers could buy them and offer the proper sacrifices at the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one buying and selling things for temple sacrifices”
|
||
21:13 kp7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God said in the Scriptures”
|
||
21:13 q41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It has been written that God’s temple would be called a place of prayer, but you have made it a den of robbers”
|
||
21:13 z8gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ οἶκός μου & κληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People will call my house”
|
||
21:13 n9v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his house because his presence is there. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My temple”
|
||
21:13 bd8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as **a house of prayer**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place where people can pray to me”
|
||
21:13 c7l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather”
|
||
21:14 a2sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ 1 Matthew is using the adjectives **blind** and **lame** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were blind and people who were lame”
|
||
21:14 aku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χωλοὶ 1 See how you translated **lame** in [11:5](../11/05.md).
|
||
21:15 hft8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ θαυμάσια 1 This phrase refers implicitly to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in [21:14](../21/14.md). Alternate translation: “the miracles”
|
||
21:15 fqr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὡσαννὰ 1 See how you translated **Hosanna*** in [21:9](../21/09.md).
|
||
21:15 c6k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md).
|
||
21:15 r3bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν 1 It is implied that they were **very angry** because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him”
|
||
21:16 zx4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν? 1 The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!”
|
||
21:16 luy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ναί οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον? 1 Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the Scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise.’”
|
||
21:16 qa9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 **From the mouths** refers to speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to speak in praise of God”
|
||
21:16 jgu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Have you not read that God said that from the mouths of infants and young children he would prepare praise”
|
||
21:17 hoes rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθανίαν 1 The word **Bethany** is the name of a village near Jerusalem.
|
||
21:18 q488 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Matthew is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
21:19 l3bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came”
|
||
21:19 h2la rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “found only leaves on it”
|
||
21:21 nd3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, ἀλλὰ κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what they could do if they had faith in God. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “suppose you have faith and do not doubt. Then you will not only do what I did to the fig tree, but even if you say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ it will happen”
|
||
21:21 mwl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe”
|
||
21:21 zyrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word **doubt**. Alternate translation: “believe”
|
||
21:21 r61a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε 1 The phrase **what was of the fig tree** is referring to what Jesus did to the fig tree. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will not only be able to do what I did to the fig tree”
|
||
21:21 jf9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea, and it will happen”
|
||
21:21 erml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Get up and throw yourself into the sea”
|
||
21:23 uge9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Matthew is using **temple** to represent the temple courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he had come into the courtyard of the temple”
|
||
21:23 m6cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had gone into the temple”
|
||
21:23 mtt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “who authorized you to do these things, and who authorized you in this way”
|
||
21:23 s1w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 Here, **these things** refers to Jesus teaching in the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “teach these things”
|
||
21:25 r7ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** to represent God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from God”
|
||
21:25 th4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans”
|
||
21:25 vvt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.”
|
||
21:25 seb0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’”
|
||
21:25 jmg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have believed John the Baptist”
|
||
21:26 zxn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men”
|
||
21:26 iysl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The religious leaders uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if they said that John’s authority was from man.. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say ‘from men.’ Then we fear the crowd, because they all regard John as a prophet”
|
||
21:26 vn6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they all regard John as a prophet, we fear the crowd”
|
||
21:26 hhrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 The chief priests and elders say **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “generally”
|
||
21:27 foa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who authorized me to do these things”
|
||
21:28 u56n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ 1 To the religious leaders, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But what do you think about this story I am about to tell you?”
|
||
21:28 iem2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should consider what I am about to say!”
|
||
21:28 y2an rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσελθὼν 1 Your language may say “come” rather than gone in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having come to”
|
||
21:29 b96z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μεταμεληθεὶς 1 This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. Alternate translation: “having reconsidered”
|
||
21:29 ub09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὕστερον δὲ 1 The word translated **afterward** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “But later, after this,”
|
||
21:31 ec9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is using the phrase **the kingdom of God** to mean God ruling over people as a king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly as demonstrated in the UST.
|
||
21:32 a8z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἦλθεν & Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel, not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to all of you people of Israel”
|
||
21:32 n2ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “teaching you what is right”
|
||
21:32 c5t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
|
||
21:33 nn9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants.
|
||
21:33 sx2y οἰκοδεσπότης 1 Alternate translation: “a person who owned a piece of property”
|
||
21:33 v39u φραγμὸν 1 Alternate translation: “a wall” or “a fence made of bushes”
|
||
21:33 lg79 ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν 1 Alternate translation: “dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”
|
||
21:33 eu7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 This was an arrangement known as sharecropping. The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the **vine growers** to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest. Be sure that this is clear in your translation if your readers would not be familiar with this kind of arrangement.
|
||
21:33 vp8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 Jesus likely does not mean that the farmers literally **threw** the son out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “they seized him and forced him out of the vineyard”
|
||
21:35 n1cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to the landowner. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the landowner’s servants”
|
||
21:40 x1ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what has happened in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “As a result”
|
||
21:41 ss2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 Matthew does not make specify who answered Jesus, but it seems implicitly from the context that it was the chief priests and elders. Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders replied to Jesus”
|
||
21:42 z9tm λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
|
||
21:42 x8zh 0 Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
|
||
21:42 kk7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make **them** explicit, use the same audience as you did in [21:41](../21/41.md).
|
||
21:42 me7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? 1 Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the Scriptures, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’”
|
||
21:42 mcm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
|
||
21:42 uid2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is now the cornerstone”
|
||
21:42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this great change”
|
||
21:42 el83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 Here, **in our eyes** refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see”
|
||
21:43 s93a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom λέγω ὑμῖν 1 This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||
21:43 c7pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here, **you** is plural, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him.
|
||
21:43 v89z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations”
|
||
21:43 x9nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation”
|
||
21:43 cm2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 Here, **fruits** is a metaphor for “results” or “outcomes.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results”
|
||
21:44 r7up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 Here, **this stone** is the same stone as in [21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. Since Jesus is referring here to his earlier quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the imagery, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
|
||
21:44 e7qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it”
|
||
21:45 gh8w 0 The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
|
||
21:45 qpy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these parables that Jesus told”
|
||
22:intro k5ze 0 # Matthew 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wedding Feast\n\nIn the parable of the wedding feast ([Matthew 22:1-14](../22/01.md)), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepared for his son who had just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare himself to come to the feast. God will throw such people out from the feast.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Implicit information\n\nSpeakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable says, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” ([Matthew 22:4](../mat/22/04.md)), he assumes that the hearers will understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. To the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. But in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, asking, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” ([22:45](../22/45.md)).
|
||
22:2 xps3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens is like** in [13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||
22:3 wur1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that the “king” did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the king invited”
|
||
22:4 c7x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 See how you translated **the ones who have been invited** in the previous verse.
|
||
22:4 arqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, commanding them to tell the ones who had been invited”
|
||
22:4 af2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα 1 The king did not kill **prepare** the **dinner** himself. The implication is that his **servants** did that. Alternate translation: “my servants have prepared my dinner”
|
||
22:4 xu4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “my servants” did it. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and fattened calves”
|
||
22:4 ro9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 Here, **have been killed** means that they have been both slaughtered and prepared to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “My oxen and fattened calves have been prepared to eat”
|
||
22:6 hooe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν 1 This does not mean that the **others** both **mistreated** and **killed** the same servants. Rather, some of them mistreated some of the servants, while others killed other servants. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “mistreated some of the servants and killed others”
|
||
22:7 f1da rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ & βασιλεὺς ὠργίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this provoked the king”
|
||
22:7 la7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους 1 The king did not kill **those murderers** himself. The implication is that **his soldiers** did it. Alternate translation: “his soldiers killed those murderers”
|
||
22:8 k98u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & κεκλημένοι 1 See how you translated **the ones who had been invited** in [22:4](../22/04.md).
|
||
22:10 uva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “both evil people and good people”
|
||
22:10 sjgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism πάντας οὓς εὗρον, πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς 1 Jesus says the words **evil** and **good** to show that they invited everyone who was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the people whom they found there”
|
||
22:10 c6ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those reclining to eat filled the wedding hall”
|
||
22:10 fy3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ γάμος 1 A **wedding hall** was a large room where weddings were performed. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation.
|
||
22:12 c7iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου? 1 The king uses a question to scold the guest. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.”
|
||
22:13 jmp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this,”
|
||
22:13 olin rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας 1 When the king commands his servants to bind this man **foot and hand**, this does not mean that he wants them to tie the man’s feet to his hands. Rather, this is an idiom that means to bind his hands together and his feet together. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “After you bind his hands together and his feet together”
|
||
22:13 rpy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md).
|
||
22:13 s9ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md).
|
||
22:14 hy3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people to be with him forever, but he only chooses a few”
|
||
22:14 yz5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “So in the same way as this”
|
||
22:15 y826 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this,”
|
||
22:15 u2mj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ 1 Matthew is speaking as if the Pharisees literally wanted to catch Jesus in a trap or **entrap** him. He means that they wanted to get Jesus to say or do something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how they might cause him to say something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong”
|
||
22:15 assh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something that Jesus might say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by something he said”
|
||
22:16 eae4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 The **disciples** of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The **Herodians** supported paying taxes to the Roman government. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “their disciples, who paid taxes only to the temple, along with the Herodians, who paid taxes to the Roman government”
|
||
22:16 rf66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 **Herodians** is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST.
|
||
22:16 hhne rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness Διδάσκαλε 1 The Pharisees and Herodians are addressing to Jesus by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation, here and in verse 24.
|
||
22:16 z92l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “truthfully.” Alternate translation: “truthfully”
|
||
22:16 t2qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ & βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 2 Here, **you do not look at the face of men** is an idiom that means that before you speak, you do not consider what others might think about what you say. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not worry what others will think of what you have to say”
|
||
22:17 a9by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The religious leaders are using the term **Caesar** to mean the roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government”
|
||
22:18 a2ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly should not test me, you hypocrites!”
|
||
22:19 cie7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 The **denarius** was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth one day’s wages”
|
||
22:20 ue7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees”
|
||
22:21 eseu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God”
|
||
22:23 wqg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 The phrase translated **On that day** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened later that same day, after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “Later that same day”
|
||
22:24 xl5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies”
|
||
22:24 id3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει 1 Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “his brother must marry his wife and must raise up”
|
||
22:24 u7dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would help your readers to understand what seed means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “offspring”
|
||
22:25 ag5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one”
|
||
22:25 njdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother”
|
||
22:26 r6bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest”
|
||
22:26 pnf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά 1 The Sadducees are using the adjectives **second**, **third** and **seventh** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother … the seventh brother”
|
||
22:27 t7md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὕστερον & πάντων 1 The Sadducees are using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to indicate a particular group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the people. Alternate translation: “all these people we have told you about”
|
||
22:28 s743 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
|
||
22:28 mx5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 The Sadducees are using the adjective **seven** as a noun to mean the seven brothers. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers”
|
||
22:29 p1ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανᾶσθε 1 Jesus is speaking as if the Sadducees have literally been **led astray** or conducted down the wrong path. He means that they have been deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived”
|
||
22:29 e2t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πλανᾶσθε 1 Jesus is saying that they have been **led stray** specifically about the resurrection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have been led astray not to believe in the resurrection of the dead”
|
||
22:29 xkvg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πλανᾶσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone has led you astray”
|
||
22:29 dax6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what God is able to do”
|
||
22:30 ygr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when dead people rise back to life”
|
||
22:30 uaj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὔτε γαμοῦσιν & εἰσιν 1 Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “men and women neither marry … men and women are”
|
||
22:30 qkv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “nor do people give their children in marriage”
|
||
22:31 foao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But concerning what happens when people who have died become alive again”
|
||
22:31 essh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have died”
|
||
22:31 b9sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said”
|
||
22:31 ljj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you”
|
||
22:32 zwbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation, with no comma at the end of verse 31: “that he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob”
|
||
22:32 t7lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν & ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** and the participle **living** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives and participles in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of dead people … of living people”
|
||
22:32 qbyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he is not the God of the dead, but he is the God of the living”
|
||
22:35 ud5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν, νομικὸς πειράζων αὐτόν 1 Matthew is using this verse to introduce **a lawyer** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now one of the Sadducees was a lawyer. He asked Jesus a question in order to test him”
|
||
22:37 xl3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 The phrases **with all your heart**, **with all your soul** and **with all your mind** mean similar things. Moses, whom Jesus is quoting, may have been using the three phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “completely” or “with your whole being”
|
||
22:37 g0mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου 1 Here, **heart** and **soul** are metonyms for a person’s inner being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with all your desires, and with all your feelings”
|
||
22:38 q8j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή 1 The terms **greatest** and **first** mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very greatest”
|
||
22:39 xk1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis δευτέρα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a second commandment”
|
||
22:40 wpr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὅλος ὁ νόμος & καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Jesus is two of the main parts of the Scriptures, the **Law** and the **Prophets** to mean all of the Scriptures. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the Scriptures”
|
||
22:40 r9ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of the Law and the Prophets as if they were something that a person would **hang** on the **two commandments** that he previously mentioned. This means that the Law and the Prophets are summarized by these two laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole Law and the Prophets are summarized by these two laws”
|
||
22:41 pj4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Matthew is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
|
||
22:41 foa1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive υνηγμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having gathered together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
22:42 xlf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱός 1 Jesus is not asking whose literal son the **Christ** is. Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendant”
|
||
22:42 xhwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τοῦ Δαυείδ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a son of David”
|
||
22:43 cu3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me, then, why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying”
|
||
22:43 yu5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Here, **in the Spirit** is an idiom that means that David was prompted by the Holy Spirit to write the quote in the next verse. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “David, prompted by the Spirit,”
|
||
22:43 ai8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said this:”
|
||
22:44 k3f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 Here, **Lord** refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord, the Messiah”
|
||
22:44 as2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν μου 1 David is using the adjective **right** as a noun to mean a particular place. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “my right side” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
22:44 dz2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 To sit at the **right** side of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me”
|
||
22:44 e59n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 Here, to **put** the Messiah’s **enemies under** his **feet** means to make his enemies subordinate to him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until I might make your enemies subordinate to you”
|
||
22:45 d8gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David would not call him ‘Lord’ if he were only his son!”
|
||
22:46 as3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something that one of Jesus’ listeners might have said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one was able to say anything to him in response”
|
||
23:intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hypocrites\n\nJesus calls the Pharisees “hypocrites” many times in verses13–29. He carefully explains why he calls them that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey those rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Name-calling\n\nIn most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents.” But Jesus used these words not as insults but as warnings that God would surely punish the Pharisees because they were doing wrong.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([23:11-12](../23/11.md)).
|
||
23:1 skq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “After this,”
|
||
23:2 dnu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 Jesus is using the phrase **seat of Moses** to mean having the authority that Moses had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have the authority that Moses had”
|
||
23:4 xce6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 Jesus is speaking as if the Pharisees were literally putting **loads, heavy and difficult to carry** on people’s **shoulders**. He means that they are making people try to obey many difficult laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the meaning as a comparison. Alternate translation: “They make you obey many difficult laws as if they were binding up heavy loads and putting them on your shoulders. But they do not obey the same laws, and so it is as if they are not helping to carry those loads”
|
||
23:5 nw4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for men to see them”
|
||
23:5 eqai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people”
|
||
23:5 gcv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φυλακτήρια 1 The term **phylacteries** describes small leather boxes containing papers with scriptures written on them. If it would be helpful, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “devotional boxes containing scriptures”
|
||
23:5 h2qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ κράσπεδα 1 Here, **tassels** refers to decorative fringes that Jewish men would attach to the hems of their robes to show that they were devoted to God. Your language and culture may have a term for this igdm that you can use in your translation.
|
||
23:7 cbe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have men call them ‘Rabbi’”
|
||
23:7 a7pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 See how you translated **men** in [23:5](../23/05.md).
|
||
23:8 uk5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But you should not have people call you”
|
||
23:8 wjmr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε Ῥαββεί; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς, πάντες δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since your teacher is one, and since you are all brothers, you should not be called ‘Rabbi’”
|
||
23:8 uqwi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **one** as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person is your teacher”
|
||
23:8 s5du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 Here, Jesus says **brothers** to be mean fellow believers. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are all fellow believers”
|
||
23:9 xcou rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you have one heavenly father, you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father’”
|
||
23:9 l33f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; 1 Jesus says **you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father’** here as a generalization for emphasis. He is not saying that you cannot call your biological father ‘father’, but he is saying that you cannot use father as a title to honor someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not call someone ‘father’ as a title to honor him”
|
||
23:9 kcrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 See how you translated **one** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “one person is your heavenly Father”
|
||
23:9 any8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation.
|
||
23:10 q59s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μηδὲ κληθῆτε Καθηγηταί; ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “since your teacher is one, the Christ, you should not be called ‘teacher’”
|
||
23:10 b8ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μηδὲ κληθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should not have people call you”
|
||
23:10 lp5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am your only teacher”
|
||
23:11 d62b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ & μείζων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **greatest** as a noun to mean the greatest person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the greatest person”
|
||
23:11 d9xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers, so use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction.
|
||
23:12 e81r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will humble him”
|
||
23:12 uz88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will exalt him”
|
||
23:13 ts6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν. 1 Jesus speaks of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have made it so that men cannot live with God forever in the kingdom of the heavens. For neither you will live there, nor will you let anyone else live there”
|
||
23:13 zpfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you have shut the kingdom of the heavens before men, woe to you, scribes and Pharisees!”
|
||
23:13 qjt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 The words **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king from heaven. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have not allowed people to become people over whom God rules”
|
||
23:13 lhem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people”
|
||
23:14 onan rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants 0 Some ancient manuscripts include the first part of verse 14. Other ancient manuscripts add that sentence after verse 12. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT.
|
||
23:15 xo45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 Jesus is describing the earth by naming its two main components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire earth”
|
||
23:15 iyl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 1 Here, **to make one a proselyte** means to convince a non-Jewish person to begin practicing the Jewish religion. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to convince a non-Jewish person to practice the Jewish religion”
|
||
23:15 bq91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 The expression **son of** figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. Here, **a son of Gehenna** means a person who is evil and whom God will judge in hell. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an evil person whom God will judge”
|
||
23:15 ervf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γεέννης 1 See how you translated **Gehenna** in [5:30](../05/30.md).
|
||
23:16 r5k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 See how you translated **blind guides** in [15:14](../15/14.md).
|
||
23:16 bqal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ 1 When a person **swears by** something, he is calling it to be a witness to the oath that he is making. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever calls the temple to be a witness to his oath”
|
||
23:16 fjic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 Here, **it is nothing** means that he is not bound to keep his oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not bound to the oath”
|
||
23:17 j71q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **foolish** and **blind** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases, here and in verse 19. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people”
|
||
23:17 s7a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλοί 1 Jesus is speaking of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were literally **blind**. He means that they are not able to recognize something in the moral realm that should be obvious. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “morally obtuse”
|
||
23:17 f9zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly the gold is not greater than the temple that sanctifies the gold!”
|
||
23:18 t7p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 See how you translated **it is nothing** in [23:16](../23/16.md).
|
||
23:18 ngd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ δώρῳ 1 Here, **gift** is referring to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice”
|
||
23:19 g7qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “For the gift is certainly not greater than the alter sanctifying the gift!”
|
||
23:19 bb34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλοί 1 See how you translated **blind** in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “morally obtuse”
|
||
23:19 fl4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ δῶρον & τὸ δῶρον 1 See how you translated **the gift** in the previous verse.
|
||
23:21 m21b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν 1 Here, **the one inhabiting it** is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is inhabiting it”
|
||
23:22 ejw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 As in the previous verse, this refers to God the Father.
|
||
23:23 lg3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί! 1 See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
|
||
23:23 n94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. If your readers would not be familiar with them, in your translation you could use the name of comparable seasonings in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “herbs and spices”
|
||
23:23 es4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὰ βαρύτερα 1 Jesus is using the adjective **weightier** as a noun to mean certain aspects of the law. ULT adds the word **matters** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the weightier commandments”
|
||
23:23 c8bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ βαρύτερα 1 Jesus is speaking as if the more important commandments in the law were literally **weightier** or heavier than the others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the more important commandments”
|
||
23:23 m32j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα 1 By **these**, Jesus means the commandments he has just mentioned, and by **those**, the means the ones he mentioned earlier. Your language may have its own way of indicating this distinction. Alternate translation: “the latter … and the former”
|
||
23:23 nn6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … neglect**, you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws”
|
||
23:24 y84y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί! 1 See how you translated **You blind guides** in [15:14](../15/14.md).
|
||
23:24 l7fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! 1 Jesus is speaking as if the scribes and Pharisees were literally **straining out** a tiny **gnat** if they found one in a drink but **swallowing** a large **camel** whole. He means that they are being careful to follow the less important laws but ignoring the more important laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are carefully following the less important laws but ignoring the more important laws”
|
||
23:24 whk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κώνωπα 1 A **gnat** is a tiny flying insect. If your readers would not be familiar with what a gnat is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable insect in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a tiny insect”
|
||
23:24 g87t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν & κάμηλον 1 A **camel** is a large mammal that people in this culture would ride and use to carry loads. If your readers would not be familiar with what a camel is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable beast of burden in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large beast of burden”
|
||
23:25 ru45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 Here, cleaning **the outside of the cup and of the plate** represents the Pharisees acting in such a way that people will consider them holy. When Jesus says **inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence**, he is referring the inward desires of the Pharisees. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You try to make yourselves appear righteous by doing good deeds, but in your inner being, you are greedy and self-indulgent”
|
||
23:26 lb5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ 1 Jesus is not referring to a specific **Pharisee**. He is referring to every Pharisee who acts in the way he has described. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You blind Pharisees”
|
||
23:26 eoor rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλέ 1 See how you translated **blind** in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “morally obtuse”
|
||
23:26 f9p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν 1 See how you translated **inside of the cup and of the plate** and **outside** in in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “First make sure your inward being is righteous, and then you will genuinely appear righteous on the outside”
|
||
23:27 kry1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις & ἀκαθαρσίας 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the **scribes and Pharisees** with **whitewashed tombs**. Jesus states the plain meaning in the next verse, so you do not need to do that here.
|
||
23:27 ta1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 The Jews would paint **tombs** white so that they would appear beautiful to people who passed by them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has painted white”
|
||
23:29 tse6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δικαίων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to mean people who are righteous. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of righteous people”
|
||
23:30 f0hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ λέγετε, εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You also say that if you had been in the days of your fathers, you would not have been partners with them in the blood of the prophets”
|
||
23:30 kkf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 Jesus is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors”
|
||
23:30 x99m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 Jesus is using the word **blood ** to mean “death” by association. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the death”
|
||
23:31 l7rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων 1 Jesus may be using the term **sons** to mean descendants. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are the descendants of the ones having killed” or see next note for another possibility.
|
||
23:31 eale rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων 1 Jesus may also be using the expression **sons of** to describe people who share the qualities of something. He would be saying that the scribes and Pharisees share the quality of resistance to God that led their ancestors to kill the prophets. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are resistant to God just like your ancestors, who killed”
|
||
23:32 bpz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is speaking as if he wants the scribes and Pharisees literally to **fill up** a **measure** of a certain amount. This represents them completing the wicked behavior that their ancestors began when they killed the prophets. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Now you finish the sins your ancestors began when they killed the prophets”
|
||
23:32 hmsh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 The implication is that the scribes and Pharisees would **fill up the measure** of their **fathers** by killing the greatest prophet of all, the Messiah. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Now, by killing the Messiah, finish the sins your ancestors began when they killed the prophets”
|
||
23:32 vhes rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 Even though Jesus is using an imperative form, he does not actually want the Pharisees to **fill up the measure** of their **fathers** by killing him, the Messiah. If they did that, they would not be obeying a command from him. Instead, Jesus is using a figure of speech in which he says the opposite of what he means. He does that in order to warn the scribes and Pharisees about where their attitude and behavior will lead if they do not change those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You should be very concerned, because if you do not stop resisting God, you will finish the sins of your ancestors by killing the Messiah”
|
||
23:33 va5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The terms **serpents** and **vipers** mean similar things. Both are names of poisonous snakes. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous snakes”
|
||
23:33 cfj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Jesus is speaking of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were literally **serpents** and **offspring of vipers**. He means that they are evil. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You evil people”
|
||
23:33 blv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The expression **offspring of** figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. In this case, **vipers** represent evil or harmful people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who are harmful like vipers”
|
||
23:33 vi6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not escape from the judgment of Gehenna”
|
||
23:33 u1ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γεέννης 1 See how you translated **Gehenna** in [5:30](../05/30.md).
|
||
23:35 l7ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus is speaking as if the **blood** of **righteous** people would literally **come upon** the scribes and Pharisees. He means that God would consider them guilty of shedding this blood. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God might consider you guilty for shedding”
|
||
23:35 h5n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς & τοῦ αἵματος & τοῦ αἵματος 1 Jesus is using the word **blood** to mean murder by association. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the guilt for all of the murders of righteous people on the earth … the murder … the murder”
|
||
23:35 espy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα δίκαιον 1 Jesus is speaking by association as if the **blood** of righteous people were **righteous** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the blood of righteous people”
|
||
23:35 z95g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος Ἂβελ τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίου, ὃν ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 **Abel** was the first righteous victim of murder and **Zechariah**, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was the last righteous person whose murder was recorded in the Hebrew Scriptures in the order in which the Jews of this time likely read them. Jesus is using these first and last men to represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all throughout human history”
|
||
23:35 s11l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃν ἐφονεύσατε 1 By using the term **you**, Jesus is speaking as if the scribes and Pharisees he is addressing had killed **Zechariah**, but he means by association that their ancestors killed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom your ancestors killed”
|
||
23:37 xuj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα 1 Jesus is using the term **Jerusalem** to mean the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People of Jerusalem, the ones killing”
|
||
23:37 vne9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be more natural in your language, you could show in your translation that Jesus is talking about Jerusalem rather than to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem”
|
||
23:37 tz4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God sent to you”
|
||
23:37 t9y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα σου 1 Jesus is speaking as if Jerusalem had **children**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who live in you”
|
||
23:37 xv4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 The point of this comparison is that Jesus wishes he could comfort and protect the people of Jerusalem, just as a **hen** does that for her **chicks**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings to comfort and protect them”
|
||
23:37 as8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὄρνις 1 A **hen** is a female chicken. You could translate this with the name of a bird familiar in your culture that protects her chicks under her wing.
|
||
23:38 e5sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you desolate”
|
||
23:38 ck2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is speaking of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** in which its people lived. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your city”
|
||
23:39 ig61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 See how you translated **in the name of** in [21:9](../21/09.md).
|
||
24:intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The end of the age”\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### The example of Noah\n\nIn the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important translation issues in this chapter\n\n### “Let”\n\nThe ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators may select the most natural ways in their own languages.\n\n### “The one”\n\nSeveral times in this chapter, Jesus speaks of “the one” who does a certain thing. (Matthew himself uses that phrase in verse 15.) This phrase does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who performs the action that it names. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. For example, in verse 13, Jesus says that “the one having endured to the end, he will be saved.” You might say that “whoever endures to the end will be saved.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
24:1 ke79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Here, **temple** is referring to the courtyard around the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “from the courtyard of the temple”
|
||
24:2 mh5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly you see all of these things!”
|
||
24:2 ecdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down”
|
||
24:3 e1is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Here, **your coming** refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this **age** to an end. Alternate translation: “that you are about to come and reign in power and that the world is about to end”
|
||
24:3 uf7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν, προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples approached Jesus”
|
||
24:3 pudy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ κατ’ ἰδίαν λέγοντες, εἰπὲ ἡμῖν πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος? 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “the disciples came to him by themselves asked Jesus to tell them when these things would be and what would be the sign of his coming and the end of the age”
|
||
24:4 s64s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [22:29](../22/29.md). Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you”
|
||
24:4-5 q6q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ.\nπολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since many will come in my name saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will lead many astray, you ought to be careful not to be led astray”
|
||
24:5 w7i0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For many will come in my name saying that they are the Christ, and they will lead many people astray”
|
||
24:5 lq71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **name** to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, they will claim to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me”
|
||
24:5 twh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανήσουσιν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse.
|
||
24:6 pgdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μελλήσετε & ἀκούειν πολέμους, καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 This probably means implicitly that the disciples will hear about wars that are definitely happening and about wars that may be happening (**reports of wars**). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “you are going to hear about wars that are definitely happening and about wars that may be happening”
|
||
24:6 hdz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you”
|
||
24:6 fvq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 Here, **the end** implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST models.
|
||
24:7 ygf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other”
|
||
24:7 xuow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Here, **nation** and **kingdom** represent the people who live within them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of one nation will rise up against the people of another nation, and the people of one kingdom against the people of another kingdom”
|
||
24:7 tc4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “some nations will attack other nations, and some kingdoms will attack other kingdoms”
|
||
24:7 fmy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπὶ 1 The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will attack”
|
||
24:7 xo7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise up against kingdom”
|
||
24:8 cnrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα δὲ ταῦτα 1 Here, **all these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things that I have just described”
|
||
24:8 q4gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 Jesus uses the image of **birth pains** to indicate that in the same way that the pain of childbirth is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy when Christ returns. Because childbirth occurs in all cultures, you may wish to retain this metaphor in your translation. You could express it as a simile if your language would not say directly that **these things** are **birth pangs**. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child”
|
||
24:9 uw1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 See how you translated **nations** in [24:7](../24/07.md).
|
||
24:9 nsh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you”
|
||
24:9 u2bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 See how you translated **my name** in [24:5](../24/05.md). Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me”
|
||
24:10 kvbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “these hardships will cause many people to stumble”
|
||
24:10 a4yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ 1 Here, **to stumble** means to stop believing in God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many people will stop believing in God”
|
||
24:11 fo6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will rise up”
|
||
24:11 mi2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 Here, **will be raised up** is an idiom that means “will come.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will come”
|
||
24:11 tjb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 See how you translated **lead … astray** in [24:4](../24/04.md).
|
||
24:12 ohq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lawlessness will increase”
|
||
24:12 w4af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lawlessness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people will commit more lawless deeds”
|
||
24:12 bu9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 Jesus is speaking as if the **love of many** would literally **grow cold**. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “many people will no longer love other people” (2) Alternate translation: “many people will no longer love God”
|
||
24:13 v3ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 See how you translated **But the one having endured to the end, he will be saved** in [10:22](../10/22.md).
|
||
24:13 sheo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the phrase **the one** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who performs the action described. Here and in the other instances of the phrase in this chapter, express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end”
|
||
24:14 x3e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that his disciples will do it. Alternate translation: “my disciples will preach this gospel of the kingdom”
|
||
24:14 opuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the message about how God rules as a king over his people”
|
||
24:14 y65s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 See how you translated **nations** in [24:7](../24/07.md).
|
||
24:15 mf1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “about which Daniel the prophet spoke”
|
||
24:15 lhas rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is found in [Daniel 9:27](../dan/09/27.md), [Daniel 11:31](../11/31.md), and [Daniel 12:11](../12/11.md). Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with those passages, which prophesy about **the abomination** defiling the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple”
|
||
24:15 lz9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 The phrase **Let the one reading understand** is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get his readers to pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by not enclosing it within quotation marks or in some other way that is natural in your language.
|
||
24:17 iv2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of his roof should escape immediately by the back stairway and not enter his house to get anything”
|
||
24:18 a6c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 People in Jesus’ time often walked from their towns to the field that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloak, but should flee from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town to get his cloak before fleeing”
|
||
24:18 duz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 See how you translated **cloak** in [5:40](../05/40.md).
|
||
24:19 kq12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom that refers to women who are expecting babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant”
|
||
24:19 piql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 This does not mean babies who are nursing but women who are nursing babies (providing their milk for them). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies”
|
||
24:19 f533 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time”
|
||
24:20 u4jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **flight**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you would not have to flee”
|
||
24:20 m6mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χειμῶνος 1 In the location to which Jesus is referring, **winter** is the time of year when it is cold and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate winter with a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the rainy season” or “in the cold season”
|
||
24:22 ndr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ & κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “If God had not shortened those days, then he would have saved no flesh … he will shorten those days”
|
||
24:22 f692 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “if God were not going to shorten those days, no flesh would be saved”
|
||
24:22 vd3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the word **shortened**. Alternate translation: “if those days had continued” or “if God had allowed those days to continue”
|
||
24:22 r9qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 See how you translated **flesh** in [16:17](../16/17.md).
|
||
24:23 avm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what his disciples should do if someone claims that they have found the Messiah. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ Then you should not believe it”
|
||
24:24 s3te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will become powerful”
|
||
24:24 nx14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα 1 The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “great miracles”
|
||
24:24 n744 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανῆσαι 1 See how you translated **lead astray** in [24:5](../24/05.md).
|
||
24:24 y0ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 See how you translated the phrase **the elect** in [24:22](../24/22.md).
|
||
24:26 fmx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐὰν & εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there”
|
||
24:26 zxg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms”
|
||
24:27 j1w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The point of this comparison is that just as lightning flashes across the whole sky and so is obvious to see, so the Son of Man will be obvious to see when he returns. He will not be out “in the wilderness” or “in the inner rooms,” as Jesus says in verse 25 that some will claim. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “so the coming of the Son of Man will be obvious to see”
|
||
24:27 za8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in the same way I, the Son of Man, will come”
|
||
24:28 mu35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “When the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come” (2) Alternate translation: “Wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies”
|
||
24:28 fo7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the vultures will gather”
|
||
24:28 ivl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οἱ ἀετοί 1 The word **vultures** describes large birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what a vulture is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable scavenger bird in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds”
|
||
24:29 zmm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that time of tribulation”
|
||
24:29 zuk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark”
|
||
24:29 w1bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake the powers of the heavens”
|
||
24:30 yc2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “the sign of me, the Son of Man, will appear”
|
||
24:31 fl54 ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης 1 Your language may need to say who will make this **sound of a trumpet**. That could be the Son of Man himself or an angel. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will sound a trumpet and send his angels” or “God will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
|
||
24:31 rlb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I will send my angels … my”
|
||
24:31 ibw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express, which is how far the angels will go to gather the elect. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from all over the world”
|
||
24:31 wp9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 This expression means “from every direction from which the wind blows,” envisioning the four primary directions of north, south, east, and west. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this in plain language. Alternate translation: “from every part of the world”
|
||
24:33 cu5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near”
|
||
24:33 cfz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπὶ θύραις 1 Jesus is speaking of himself as if he were a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. He means that he would be just about to return to earth. Alternate translation: “about to return to earth”
|
||
24:34 gld5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die”
|
||
24:34 y73t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 This could refer implicitly to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all the people who will be alive when these things happen that Jesus has just described. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
|
||
24:34 r6sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **pass away**. Alternate translation: “will certainly remain alive”
|
||
24:34 fb4k ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται 1 Alternate translation: “until God causes all these things to happen”
|
||
24:35 i8vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται 1 Jesus is using the two main components of creation, **heaven** and **earth**, to mean all of creation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “All of creation”
|
||
24:35 e6bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ & λόγοι μου 1 Jesus is using the term **words** to mean the things he has said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things I have said”
|
||
24:36 q4pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 The terms **day** and **hour** mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time”
|
||
24:36 vico rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 By **that day and hour**, Jesus means implicitly the time when he will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that day and hour when I will return”
|
||
24:36 n0f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατὴρ μόνος 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows, not the angels in heaven, nor the Son”
|
||
24:36 wq5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Here, **the heavens** refers implicitly to the place where God lives. It does not refer to the sky. Be sure that this is clear in your translation.
|
||
24:36 p5vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός & ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain these titles in your translation.
|
||
24:36 espb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱός 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son”
|
||
24:37 hf51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε 1 Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time of Noah was”
|
||
24:37 cpn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of Man”
|
||
24:38 pfyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἦσαν & τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες 1 Jesus describes several regular activities to refer to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives”
|
||
24:38 lh9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταῖς πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ & ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν, Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν 1 See how you translated **days** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the time before the flood … until the time when Noah entered the ark”
|
||
24:38 ectm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν κιβωτόν 1 The term **ark** refers to the structure that Noah built on God’s instructions to save himself and his family from the flood. If your readers would not recognize this specific term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the ship he built” or “the barge he built”
|
||
24:39 ffa6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, **they did not know** means that they did not know what was about to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they did not realize what was about to happen to them”
|
||
24:39 ah5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἦρεν ἅπαντας 1 Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **took them all away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “killed them all”
|
||
24:39 wcav rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the flood of Noah, which came unexpectedly, with his own coming, which will be similarly unexpected. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way, the coming of the Son of Man will be unexpected”
|
||
24:40 uzz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔσονται δύο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 It is implied that these **two** are working **in the field**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “two men will be working in the field”
|
||
24:40 gt4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will take one, and he will leave the other”
|
||
24:41 eail rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will take one, and he will leave the other”
|
||
24:43 ak6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἐκεῖνο δὲ γινώσκετε, 1 To help his disciples understand his message, Jesus tells a story. He explains its meaning in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you a story to help you understand this:”
|
||
24:43 ki5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ποίᾳ φυλακῇ 1 Here, **watch of night** is an idiom that means a certain time during the night, referring to how some would take turns keeping “watch” for a certain length of time to protect others who were asleep. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at what time during the night”
|
||
24:43 lg7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who would do the action, Jesus implies that the thief would do it. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed the thief to break into his house”
|
||
24:44 gd17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man,
|
||
24:44 tub2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables διὰ τοῦτο καὶ, ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι 1 Here, Jesus is explaining the meaning of his parable. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the owner of the house prepares in case a thief comes, so you should also be ready”
|
||
24:44 ess8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ᾗ & ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at a time”
|
||
24:45 f92d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples and to make them think. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly a faithful servant is the one whom his master appoints over his house in order to give them food at the proper time!”
|
||
24:45 d462 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ 1 In this phrase, it is assumed that the **the master** leaves the house over which he appoints his servant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom his master, when he leaves, `appoints over his household”
|
||
24:45 k3j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν 1 The connecting word **to** introduces a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for which **his master has appointed** him is **to give them their food**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving them their food”
|
||
24:48 f9ft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **in his heart** in [5:28](../05/28.md).
|
||
24:48 per6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that evil slave says in his heart that his master is delaying”
|
||
24:50 bz5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 The phrases **on a day that he does not expect** and **at an hour that he does not know** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. It may be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the meaning might be unclear, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “on a day that he does not expect, yes, at an hour that he does not know”
|
||
24:50 ss9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 Jesus is using the terms **day** and **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If you do that, you may wish to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “at a time that he does not expect, yes, at an time that he does not know” or “at a time that he is not expecting at all”
|
||
24:51 jj2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 Here, **cut him in pieces** is an idiom that means to punish someone severely. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will punish him severely”
|
||
24:51 rwd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md).
|
||
25:intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The parable of the ten virgins\n\nJesus told the parable of the ten virgins in [25:1–13](../25/01.md) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs. When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the appointed time, the bridegroom would go to his bride’s house and she would be waiting for him there. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. In this parable, the bridegroom represents Jesus, the five foolish virgins represent false believers in Jesus who do not prepare for Jesus’ return, and the five wise virgins represent true Christians who are ready for Jesus to come back at the end of the world. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n### The parable of the talents\n\nJesus told the parable of the talents in [25:14–30](../25/14.md) to teach that true Christians use the blessings that God gives them in order to live fruitful lives that glorify him. Jesus’ hearers could understand the parable because they knew about investing money and the relationship between masters and slaves. In this parable, the master represents Jesus, the “talents” (a form of money) represent blessings from God, the two good slaves represent true Christians who faithfully use the blessings that God gives them, and the wicked slave represents false believers in Jesus. \n\nA talent was a unit of weight that, when used for precious metals, was also a unit of money. One talent weighed nearly 30 kilograms or over 60 pounds. One silver talent was the equivalent of over 16 years’ wages for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. See the suggestions at each occurrence of the word “talent” in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
25:1 em28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τότε 1 Here, **Then** refers to the time in the future when Jesus will return to the world. He called this time “the coming of the Son of Man” in [24:37](../24/37.md) and the “day your Lord is coming” in [24:42](../24/42.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time I return to the world”
|
||
25:1 zfdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν δέκα παρθένοις 1 In [25:1–13](../25/01.md), Jesus is explaining about **the kingdom of the heavens** by telling a brief story that provides an illustration. See the discussion of this parable in the General Notes for this chapter.
|
||
25:1 pg5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||
25:1 uhj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαμπάδας 1 The **lamps** in this story are small containers that produce light by burning oil that is absorbed by a wick. Someone had to trim the wick and supply enough oil to keep the wick burning in order for the lamp to continue producing light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “lamps that burn oil to produce light”
|
||
25:1 jfsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου 1 Here, **meeting of the bridegroom** refers to the Jewish wedding practice of the bride and bridesmaids waiting for the bridegroom to come and get his bride and take her to the wedding feast. The fact that they took **lamps** also implies that they **went out** during the night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “went out during the night to wait for the bridegroom to come and take his bride to the wedding feast”
|
||
25:2 c8nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns πέντε & ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them** refers to the “virgins” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “five of the virgins”
|
||
25:2 ena4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πέντε φρόνιμοι 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “five were wise”
|
||
25:3 b37a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 Jesus’ hearers would have understood that the **oil** was used to keep the **lamps** lit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “oil with themselves to keep their lamps lit”
|
||
25:5 qf4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 Here, **they** refers to the ten virgins mentioned in [25:1](../25/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy”
|
||
25:5 pvh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον 1 The word **and** indicates that the event in the previous phrase happened before the event in the next phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “they all became sleepy and then began to sleep”
|
||
25:6 ufp2 κραυγὴ γέγονεν 1 Alternate translation: “someone cried”
|
||
25:6 o62h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The person speaking uses the term **Behold** here to get the ten virgins to focus their attention on what he is about to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen”
|
||
25:6 py59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes κραυγὴ γέγονεν, ἰδοὺ, ὁ νυμφίος! ἐξέρχεσθε εἰς ἀπάντησιν 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “someone cried that they should pay attention, the bridegroom was coming, and they should go out to the meeting”
|
||
25:7 knmn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “awoke”
|
||
25:7 ni6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 The oil **lamps** people used at that time produced light from a burning wick. That wick had to be **trimmed** in order for it to keep burning properly. If this would be unfamiliar to your readers, you could use a general expression for preparing a lamp. Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
|
||
25:8 cp7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον, δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to the wise ones that they should give them from their oil, because their lamps were going out”
|
||
25:8 i1r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 Here, **going out** refers to the **lamps** running out of oil so that the fire in them would stop burning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out”
|
||
25:9 ybzj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσαι, μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that there would certainly not be enough for themselves and the foolish ones, so the foolish ones should go instead to the ones selling and buy for themselves”
|
||
25:9 j6z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς 1 It is implied that **the wise ones** are referring to oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “There will certainly not be enough oil for us and you. Go instead to the ones selling oil and buy some oil for yourselves”
|
||
25:9 gr5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν 1 By answering in this way, **the wise ones** imply that they will not give any oil to the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will not give you any oil! There will certainly not be enough oil for us and you.”
|
||
25:9 qwkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. The wise virgins use them together to emphasize that they do not have enough oil to share with the foolish virgins. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.
|
||
25:9 s43k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to the wise virgins, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
|
||
25:10 rfh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 Here, **they** refers to the five foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the five foolish virgins”
|
||
25:10 jej8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀγοράσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil”
|
||
25:10 t229 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ ἕτοιμοι 1 Here, **the prepared ones** refers to the five wise virgins who had enough oil for their lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the wise virgins who had prepared”
|
||
25:10 g29i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door”
|
||
25:11 ys4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχονται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
|
||
25:11 gbdp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσαι, κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν! 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the master should open for them”
|
||
25:11 ouya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 Here, **open** is an imperative, but since the **virgins** cannot command the **master** to do this, you could translate this phrase as polite request. Alternate translation: “please open for us”
|
||
25:11 e5pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 Here **the other virgins** are implying that they want the door opened for them so they can enter the wedding feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside”
|
||
25:12 dxz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that he said to them truly that he did not know them”
|
||
25:12 h4a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 By answering in this way, the bridegroom implies that he will not open the door for the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will not open the door for you because I do not know you”
|
||
25:13 i7nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Jesus told the parable in [25:1–12](../25/01.md). Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “Since something like this could happen to you”
|
||
25:13 r7kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γρηγορεῖτε 1 Here Jesus implies that believers must **stay alert** for his return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “stay alert for my return”
|
||
25:13 xfdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here, **the day** and **the hour** refer to the time when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you know neither the day nor the hour when I will return”
|
||
25:13 hn7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time”
|
||
25:14 cn21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that the parable Jesus tells in [25:14–30](../25/14.md) teaches another reason why believers must “stay alert,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Stay alert because”
|
||
25:14 zqi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὥσπερ 1 Here, **it** refers to “the kingdom of the heavens,” as mentioned in [25:1](../25/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is like”
|
||
25:14 oy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν 1 Jesus tells a story to help his listeners understand why they should properly use the blessings that God gives them in order to be ready for him to return to the world. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a story in which a man goes to another country”
|
||
25:14 fmb3 τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “his property” or “his wealth”
|
||
25:15 i81u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney πέντε τάλαντα 1 See the discussion of the talent as a unit of money in the General Notes to this chapter to decide how to represent these numbers of **talents** in your translation. Alternate translation: “an amount equal to 80 years’ wages … an amount equal to 32 years’ wages … an amount equal to 16 years’ wages”
|
||
25:15 vyj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν, ἑκάστῳ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “and to one slave he gave two talents, and to one slave he gave one talent. He gave to each”
|
||
25:15 d87u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν 1 Here, **his** refers to each slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to each of them according to each one’s own ability”
|
||
25:16 qkr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 See how you translated **talents** in the previous verse to decide how to translate it here and in the rest of the parable. Alternate translation: “the amount equal to 80 years’ wages … an equal amount”
|
||
25:17 u4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο, ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one slave with the two talents also gained another two talents”
|
||
25:18 begc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ & τὸ ἓν λαβὼν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one slave having received the one talent”
|
||
25:19 vc9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ δὲ πολὺν χρόνον 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened **a long time** after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “A long time later”
|
||
25:19 uejo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & καὶ συναίρει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came and settled”
|
||
25:19 s33o συναίρει λόγον 1 Alternate translation: “called them to give an account of how they had used his money”
|
||
25:20 gkpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας, ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that the master had handed over to him five talents, but behold, he had gained five talents”
|
||
25:21 j1qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔφη αὐτῷ & εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he had done well and was a good and faithful slave. The master also said that he had been faithful over a few things, so he would appoint him over many things. The master told him to enter into the joy of his master”
|
||
25:21 l5mg εὖ 1 Your culture might have an expression that someone in authority would use to show that he approves of what someone working under his authority has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
|
||
25:21 d2s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἴσελθε εἰς 1 Here, **Enter into** represents experiencing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Experience”
|
||
25:21 u9od rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Here the **master** is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “my joy” or “the joy of me, your master”
|
||
25:22 xt2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας. ἴδε, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he had handed over to him two talents, but behold, he had gained two talents”
|
||
25:23 hsb6 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 The contents of this verse are identical to [25:21](../25/21.md). Translate both verses identically.
|
||
25:24 hhvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε, ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he knew that his master was a strict man, reaping where he did not sow, and gathering where he did not scatter”
|
||
25:24 au9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 Jesus’ audience would have known that the master was referring to **reaping** and **gathering** crops and sowing and scattering seed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “reaping crops where you did not sow seed, and gathering crops where you did not scatter seed”
|
||
25:24 m8an rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. The slave says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how **strict** he thinks the master is. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “surely harvesting crops that you did not plant”
|
||
25:24 xj4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 In these two clauses, the slave is speaking of the master as if he were a farmer who harvests a crop that someone else had planted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “benefitting from the labor of other people” or “like a farmer who reaps crops where he did not sow seed and gathers crops where he did not scatter seed”
|
||
25:25 nowo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἀπελθὼν, ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ. ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his master that, having become afraid, he went away and hid the master’s talent in the ground. He told his master to behold, he had what was his”
|
||
25:25 wl5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result φοβηθεὶς 1 This clause may refer to: (1) the result of knowing what the slave stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this made me afraid, so, going away” (2) the reason why the slave went away and **hid** the master’s money in the ground. Alternate translation: “since I was afraid, going away”
|
||
25:26 u6do rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν αὐτῷ, πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he was a wicked and lazy slave. He knew that the master reaped where he did not sow and harvested where he did not scatter”
|
||
25:26 he3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 See how you translated the similar clauses in [25:24](../25/24.md).
|
||
25:27 hmdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν, ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it was necessary for him to have placed the master’s money with the bankers, and having come, he would have received back his money with interest”
|
||
25:27 rhg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις & σὺν τόκῳ 1 Here, **bankers** refers to people who accept deposits of money and use them to make loans. They pay an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have **bankers**, or if your culture does not allow **interest** payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits”
|
||
25:28 cq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, the master commanded that his other slaves take away the talent from him and give it to the one having the ten talents”
|
||
25:28 paw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρατε & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον 1 The master says this command to other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you other servants take away the talent from him”
|
||
25:29 e5py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ & ἔχοντι παντὶ 1 The master implies that **everyone having** are those servants who use what has been given to them faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have given him”
|
||
25:29 r7lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will give it”
|
||
25:29 xv1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται 1 Both occurrences of **it** here refer to more of what the master has already given to his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more of what he has will be given and what he has will abound”
|
||
25:29 b93i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 The master is speaking of a group of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from the people not having, even what they have will be taken away from them”
|
||
25:29 pcr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος 1 The master implies that **the one not having** is any slave who does not use what he has been given faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the one who does not use the money wisely that I have given him”
|
||
25:29 mdc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take away”
|
||
25:30 t24f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον, ἐκβάλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verses. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And the master commanded his slaves to throw out the worthless slave into the outer darkness, where there would be weeping and grinding of the teeth”
|
||
25:30 c2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md).
|
||
25:30 zy3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md).
|
||
25:31 qtg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that Jesus has finished telling the story in [25:14–30](../25/14.md) and is about to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event.
|
||
25:31 e7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person in [25:31–33](../25/31.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
25:31 mu1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus.
|
||
25:31 lkn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and shows how glorious he is”
|
||
25:31 gx81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθίσει ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus’ hearers would have known that a king sits on his **throne** in order to rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar expression in [19:28](../19/28.md). Alternate translation: “he will sit on his glorious throne to rule as king”
|
||
25:32 n91c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτοῦ & ἀφοριεῖ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person throughout this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
25:32 f2w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθήσονται & πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The angels may be the ones doing the action, as suggested by [13:41](../13/41.md), [13:49](../13/49.md) and the reference to angels in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “his angels will gather all the nations”
|
||
25:32 ndf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **nations** refers to people who live in **all the nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people from all the nations”
|
||
25:32 nk18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 Jesus compares separating people into two groups to a **shepherd** separating two different types of animals into two groups. If your readers would be unfamiliar with shepherding or these animals, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as someone separates two different types of animals into two groups” or “into two groups”
|
||
25:33 bptq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person στήσει & αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person throughout this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
25:33 pbq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ & πρόβατα & τὰ & ἐρίφια 1 Here Jesus refers to true believers, whom he calls “the righteous ones” in [25:37](../25/37.md), as **sheep**. He also refers to unbelievers as **goats**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true believers … the unbelievers”
|
||
25:33 quw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων 1 In this verse Jesus is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns in order to indicate his **right** and **left** sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “his right side … his left side”
|
||
25:33 wh9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 The **right** side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By placing the **sheep on his right**, Jesus was symbolically conferring honor and authority on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the place of honor on his right”
|
||
25:34 t8pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς & αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the King** is another title for the Son of Man, who is Jesus. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
25:34 ngbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of [25:36](../25/36.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “at his right that they have been blessed by his Father and should come inherit the kingdom prepared for them from the foundation of the world”
|
||
25:34 rb4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his right** in the previous verse.
|
||
25:34 ze81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you whom my Father has blessed”
|
||
25:34 h2k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God.
|
||
25:34 b57r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared for you”
|
||
25:34 w1du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονομήσατε 1 Here Jesus speaks of being able to live in **the kingdom** of God as if **the kingdom** were property that people could **inherit** from their parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “live in”
|
||
25:34 cdi8 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 Alternate translation: “since he first created the world”
|
||
25:35 bd6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of [25:36](../25/36.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he was hungry, and they gave him to eat; he was thirsty, and they gave him to drink; he was a stranger, and they invited him in”
|
||
25:35 wchh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why righteous people inherit the kingdom, as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Inherit the kingdom because”
|
||
25:35 f9zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & ἐποτίσατέ με & συνηγάγετέ με 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you gave me food to eat … you gave me something to drink … you invited me into your homes”
|
||
25:36 ur3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:34](../25/34.md) and continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him”
|
||
25:37 pdp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of [25:39](../25/39.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when they saw him hungry and fed him or thirsty and gave him to drink”
|
||
25:37 yh3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν 1 The **righteous ones** are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause and from the similar phrase in [25:35](../25/35.md). Alternate translation: “when did we see you thirsty and give you something to drink”
|
||
25:38 us2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of [25:39](../25/39.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him a stranger and invited him in, or naked and clothed him.”
|
||
25:38 fh6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis συνηγάγομεν 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [25:35](../25/35.md).
|
||
25:38 h52x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν 1 The “righteous ones” are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “when did we see you naked and clothe you”
|
||
25:39 wwpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε? 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:37](../25/37.md) continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him sick or in prison and came to him”
|
||
25:40 m6mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 See how you translated the same use of **King** in [25:34](../25/34.md).
|
||
25:40 i2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** here refers to the “righteous ones” to whom **the King** spoke in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the righteous ones”
|
||
25:40 sjbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes αὐτοῖς, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did it for one of the least of those brothers of his, they did it for him”
|
||
25:40 mhe2 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
|
||
25:40 acs3 τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 Alternate translation: “of the least significant”
|
||
25:40 nh4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters”
|
||
25:40 nkbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 The phrase **brothers of mine** here does not refer to Jesus’ actual **brothers**, but he is referring to everyone who believes in him as his **brothers**. Jesus says this because he considers them to be part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who are like brothers to me” or “who are like family to me”
|
||
25:40 k4hb ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me” or “it is as if you did it for me”
|
||
25:41 z1nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐρεῖ καὶ & εὐωνύμων 1 In this verse Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
25:41 aox4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εὐωνύμων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [25:33](../25/33.md).
|
||
25:41 wii6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, πορεύεσθε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ κατηραμένοι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ 1 Here a direct quotation within a direct quotation begins and continues until the end of [25:43](../25/43.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he also will say to the ones on his left that they should depart from him, being accursed ones, into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels”
|
||
25:41 pr8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κατηραμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you whom God has cursed”
|
||
25:41 hqf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared”
|
||
25:42 u2od rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of [25:43](../25/43.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he was hungry, and they did not give him to eat; he was thirsty, and they did not give him to drink”
|
||
25:42 yrvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the “accursed ones” must go “into the eternal fire,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Go into the eternal fire because”
|
||
25:42 fbyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you did not give me food to eat … you did not give me something to drink”
|
||
25:43 h45r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ξένος ἤμην καὶ οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ οὐκ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:41](../25/41.md) continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He was a stranger, and they did not invite him in; naked, and they did not clothe him; sick and in prison, and they did not care for him”
|
||
25:43 g6ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you invited me into your homes; I was naked, and you did not clothe me; I was sick and in prison”
|
||
25:44 hiy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ 1 The pronoun **they** here refers to the “accursed ones” on Jesus’ left side whom he spoke to in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those accursed ones” or “those on his left side”
|
||
25:44 bnny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι? 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when did they see him hungry, or hungry, or a stranger, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve him.”
|
||
25:45 nlkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποκριθήσεται 1 Here Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
25:45 zc8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did not do it for one of the least of those, they did not do it for him”
|
||
25:45 uryd ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
|
||
25:45 j8r5 τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [25:40](../25/40.md).
|
||
25:45 nm2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these** refers to believers, whom Jesus calls “brothers of mine” in [25:40](../25/40.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of these brothers of mine” or “of these people who are like family to me”
|
||
25:45 whu5 οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 1 Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
|
||
25:46 m6me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these** refers to the “accursed ones” on Jesus’ left side whom he has been speaking to in the previous three verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those accursed ones” or “those on his left side”
|
||
25:46 nj72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπελεύσονται & εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον & εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here, **eternal punishment** refers to the place where the unrighteous people will be punished, and **eternal life** refers to place where the righteous people will be rewarded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will go away into the place where they will be eternally punished … into the place where they will live eternally”
|
||
25:46 kq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will go into eternal life”
|
||
26:intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [26:31](../26/31.md), which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nSheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [26:31](../26/31.md), however, Jesus uses the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.\n\n### Passover\n\nThe Passover festival was when the Jews celebrated the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.\n\n### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus\n\n[26:26–28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Judas’ kiss for Jesus\n\n[26:49](../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would **kiss** them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. You might say, for example, that Judas “kissed Jesus on the cheek as a greeting” or that Judas “gave Jesus a friendly greeting.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”\n\nTwo men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([26:61](../26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../jhn/02/19.md)).
|
||
26:1 i35c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 See how you translated this phrase in [11:1](../11/01.md).
|
||
26:1 z15a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Matthew is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “speaking all these words”
|
||
26:1 xiv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to everything that Jesus taught in [24:3](../24/03.md)–[25:46](../25/46.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these teachings about what would happen in the future” or “all these teachings about his return to earth and the final judgment”
|
||
26:2 eyoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST.
|
||
26:2 g4lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand over the Son of Man to other people, who will crucify him”
|
||
26:3 eps8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν & τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “came together … whose name was Caiaphas”
|
||
26:5 u4fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 The chief priests and elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival”
|
||
26:5 s9p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Here, **the festival** refers the Passover **festival**, as indicated in [26:2](../26/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival”
|
||
26:6 zq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:6–13](../26/06.md) is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time,”
|
||
26:6 hg3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Matthew implies that this **Simon** is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Simon, a man whom Jesus had healed of leprosy”
|
||
26:7 yxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus’ … as Jesus is reclining to eat”
|
||
26:7 sjky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **jar** that is filled with **very expensive perfumed oil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very expensive perfumed oil”
|
||
26:7 bhs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 Here, **alabaster jar** refers to a small container made out of expensive stone. If your readers would not be familiar with this stone, you could use the name of a stone in your area that is expensive and used for making costly containers, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a costly stone container”
|
||
26:7 yu67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This oil was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this oil, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented liquid”
|
||
26:7 li2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἀνακειμένου 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “as he was reclining to eat”
|
||
26:7 ukb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνακειμένου 1 At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:10](../09/10.md). Alternate translation: “as he was sitting down at the table to eat”
|
||
26:8 yd03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οἱ μαθηταὶ ἠγανάκτησαν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples became angry and said”
|
||
26:8 rgp2 εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη 1 Alternate translation: “What is the purpose for this waste”
|
||
26:8 vit4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? 1 Here the disciples are not asking for information. They ask this question to express their anger over the woman’s actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What a waste!” or “This is such a waste of perfume!”
|
||
26:9 y83e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδύνατο & τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she could have sold this for much and given”
|
||
26:9 s9zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in [26:7](../26/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil”
|
||
26:9 rkx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “for much money and that money to be given”
|
||
26:9 f76h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Matthew is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”
|
||
26:10 pfv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? 1 Jesus is not asking for information here. He asks this question in order to rebuke his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not cause trouble for the woman!”
|
||
26:10 fg3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular παρέχετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you disciples causing”
|
||
26:10 aieo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κόπους παρέχετε & ἔργον & καλὸν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **trouble** and **work**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling … something good”
|
||
26:11 wsp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 See how you translated **the poor** in [26:9](../26/09.md).
|
||
26:11 o93p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐμὲ & οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 In this phrase Jesus implies that he would not always be with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not always have me with you”
|
||
26:12 vk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ μύρον 1 See how you translated **perfumed oil** in [26:7](../26/07.md).
|
||
26:13 xs1w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
|
||
26:13 g45l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this gospel”
|
||
26:13 s12m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in memory of her people will speak of what she has done”
|
||
26:14 lo3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε πορευθεὶς & πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 **Then** here indicates that what happens in this verse took place after what took place in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation (without a comma at the end of the verse): “After Jesus said this, … went to the chief priests and”
|
||
26:14 got6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated **Twelve** in [10:5](../10/05.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles”
|
||
26:14 e4gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος 1 See how you translated **named** in [26:3](../26/03.md).
|
||
26:15 pics rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism τί 1 **What** here is referring to an amount of money. This is a polite way of asking to be paid money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “How much money”
|
||
26:15 es4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν & αὐτῷ 1 While the first occurrence of **him** in this verse refers to Jesus, the second occurrence of **him** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||
26:15 x7zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτῷ 1 The phrase **for him** implies that the chief priests gave the **pieces of silver** to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to give them to him”
|
||
26:16 w1e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 Matthew implies that Jesus would **betray** Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might betray Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him”
|
||
26:17 f3s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:17–25](../26/17.md) a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,”
|
||
26:17 med9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 **Unleavened Bread** here refers to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that began at Passover and lasted for one week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Festival of Unleavened Bread”
|
||
26:17 zkpv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
|
||
26:17 xm39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Here, **the Passover** refers to the meal that people ate together on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”
|
||
26:18 hc78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 This verse has three levels of direct quotations. If direct quotations inside direct quotations would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second-level and third-level direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Go into the city to such a man and say to him that the Teacher says that his time is near. He is doing the Passover at your house with his disciples.”
|
||
26:18 s2sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem”
|
||
26:18 r4tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ καιρός μου 1 **My time** here could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus had arranged beforehand with the **man** to use a room in his house for the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “The time I arranged with you” (2) the time God had appointed for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “The time God appointed for me”
|
||
26:18 j9pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 See how you translated the same use of **the Passover** in the previous verse.
|
||
26:19 vel7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 See how you translated the same use of **the Passover** in the [26:17](../26/17.md).
|
||
26:20 bga4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνέκειτο 1 See how you translated this phrase in [26:7](../26/07.md).
|
||
26:20 js7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [26:14](../26/14.md).
|
||
26:21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
|
||
26:22 n12r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 This could be: (1) a rhetorical question, which means that the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Surely not I, Lord!” (2) a sincere question, which means that Jesus’ statement troubled and confused them. Alternate translation: “Could it be me, Lord?”
|
||
26:22 r2it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Lord”
|
||
26:23 mpnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ 1 This refers to someone using **his hand** to dip a piece of bread into some sauce or liquid food that is in a dish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one having dipped bread with me into the sauce that is in the dish”
|
||
26:24 n7dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will depart just as it is written about me. But woe to that man by whom I am betrayed”
|
||
26:24 x2n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 Here, **depart** is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be put to death”
|
||
26:24 vix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This phrase specifically refers to what the prophets wrote in the Hebrew Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote”
|
||
26:24 eqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Jesus assumes that his hearers will understand that by using **it is written**, he means that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is referring to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures”
|
||
26:24 hai5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to that man who betrays the Son of Man”
|
||
26:24 vy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him”
|
||
26:25 vpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? 1 Judas is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to deny that he will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I, Rabbi!”
|
||
26:25 ex1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Rabbi”
|
||
26:25 oee7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγει αὐτῷ 1 **He** here refers to Jesus and **him** refers to **Judas**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Judas”
|
||
26:25 y9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 This is an idiom that Jesus uses to give an affirmative answer to Judas’ question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is as you have said yourself” or “You are admitting it”
|
||
26:26 qh16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:26–56](../26/26.md) is a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events that the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after,”
|
||
26:26 y6me rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 The term **bread** refers to a loaf of **bread**, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The **bread** referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread** that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread”
|
||
26:26 rb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 Since Jews did not eat **bread** made with yeast during this festival, this **bread** would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a flat loaf of unleavened bread”
|
||
26:26 mr5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογήσας 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus thanked God for providing the **bread**. Alternate translation: “having blessed God for it” (2) Jesus asked God to bless the **bread**. Alternate translation: “having asked God to bless it”
|
||
26:26 yg2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis λάβετε, φάγετε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Take some of this bread and eat it”
|
||
26:26 tkiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in [Mark 14:22](../../mrk/14/22.md). Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
|
||
26:27 tn39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 Here, **cup** refers to both the **cup** and the wine that was in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup of wine”
|
||
26:27 zb1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐχαριστήσας 1 Matthew implies that Jesus thanked God for the wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God”
|
||
26:28 l55a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the wine in the cup that was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this wine”
|
||
26:28 o1zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in [Mark 14:24](../../mrk/14/24.md). This phrase could be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “this wine represents my blood that establishes the covenant, and it is my blood that I will pour out for many” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine”
|
||
26:28 ct81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 The phrase **of the** introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his **blood**. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his **blood** is to establish the new **covenant**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “this is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people”
|
||
26:28 bms3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 Jesus is referring to the way his **blood** is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out”
|
||
26:28 bqc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forgiveness** and **sins**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “forgiving the sinful things people have done”
|
||
26:29 l556 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.
|
||
26:29 h85b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 This is an idiom that refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
|
||
26:29 domn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης 1 Here Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST.
|
||
26:29 tsjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸ πίνω μεθ’ ὑμῶν καινὸν 1 Here, **new** could refer to: (1) Jesus, and therefore would mean “again” or “in a new way.” See the parallel account in [Luke 22:18](../../luk/22/18.md) where Jesus seems to mean this. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way with you” or “I drink it anew with you” (2) the wine and thus would be referring to drinking a new type or quality of wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine with you”
|
||
26:29 q8zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 See how you translated the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” in [3:2](../03/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language to understand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule,” as in the UST.
|
||
26:29 m9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God.
|
||
26:30 ed5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑμνήσαντες 1 A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God”
|
||
26:31 svl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble because of me”
|
||
26:31 v8yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Jesus is speaking as if his disciples would literally **stumble** or fall down. He means that they will desert him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will leave me on account of what happens to me”
|
||
26:31 bvf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures”
|
||
26:31 c4k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. What follows is a quotation from [Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md). Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote”
|
||
26:31 eq8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται γάρ, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered”
|
||
26:31 mc1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 Jesus is quoting a prophecy from [Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md) in which the prophet Zechariah speaks of the Messiah as if he were a **shepherd** and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were **sheep** that belonged to his **flock**. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
|
||
26:31 u1t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατάξω 1 Here, **I** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike”
|
||
26:31 ccyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πατάξω 1 Here, **strike** means to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will kill”
|
||
26:31 rvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep of the flock will run away”
|
||
26:32 pj2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 Here, **raise up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I become alive again”
|
||
26:32 xuyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” or “God brings me back to life”
|
||
26:32 tipu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Jesus implies that his disciples will meet him in **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will go ahead of you into Galilee and we will meet there”
|
||
26:33 u6r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble … will stumble”
|
||
26:33 m2un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 See how you translated **stumble** in [26:31](../26/31.md). Alternate translation: “will leave you … will leave you”
|
||
26:34 sf9x ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
|
||
26:34 ui4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. A **rooster crows** just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows as morning begins”
|
||
26:34 lx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning”
|
||
26:34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me”
|
||
26:35 ywnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
26:36 lm3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενον Γεθσημανεὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST.
|
||
26:37 ny4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||
26:38 l5ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
|
||
26:38 gf7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am deeply sorrowful”
|
||
26:38 c43t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἕως θανάτου 1 The phrase **to the point of death** refers to feeling like one is about to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could die”
|
||
26:39 kcz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that Jesus did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground”
|
||
26:39 nuv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God.
|
||
26:39 f254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 Jesus is referring to the suffering he will soon experience as if it were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings”
|
||
26:39 k5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yet, do not do what I want, but do what you want to do”
|
||
26:40 luh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & εὑρίσκει & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … found … he said”
|
||
26:40 hq2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 Here, **the disciples** refers specifically to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”
|
||
26:40 tdl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus woke up **Peter** before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter and says to him”
|
||
26:40 ev7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἰσχύσατε & γρηγορῆσαι 1 Although Jesus is speaking to **Peter**, **you** here is plural and refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “were the three of you not able to stay alert”
|
||
26:40 c11a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely should have been able to stay alert with me for one hour!”
|
||
26:41 buv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you can express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “nothing will tempt you to sin”
|
||
26:41 ny5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ & πνεῦμα 1 Jesus is describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person”
|
||
26:41 qme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πρόθυμον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me”
|
||
26:41 xlig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 Here, **flesh** could: (1) include the meaning of both option 2 and option 3 below and therefore **flesh** would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your sinful human nature are weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak”
|
||
26:42 pz9l ἀπελθὼν 1 Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away”
|
||
26:42 vbvh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time two”
|
||
26:42 ch7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God.
|
||
26:42 b6cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 Here, **this** and **it** refer to the suffering that Jesus must endure, which he referred to as a “cup” of bitter-tasting liquid in [26:39](../26/39.md). He speaks of this suffering as if it were a bitter liquid that he must **drink**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “if this suffering is not able to pass away unless I endure it”
|
||
26:42 xsk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do”
|
||
26:43 ng7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why the three disciples were **sleeping**. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since”
|
||
26:43 lts9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 The phrase **their eyes were weighed down** is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired”
|
||
26:44 v3i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ τρίτου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time three”
|
||
26:45 iaqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … said”
|
||
26:45 vvp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not still be sleeping and taking your rest!”
|
||
26:45 dgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention”
|
||
26:45 rw3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the specific time”
|
||
26:45 g9hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man”
|
||
26:45 ell4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am being betrayed”
|
||
26:45 g9eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Here, **hands** refers to power or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power of sinners” or “so that sinners will have power over him”
|
||
26:46 j7ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention”
|
||
26:47 rlp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “as he was still speaking”
|
||
26:47 roz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
|
||
26:47 czh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [26:14](../26/14.md).
|
||
26:47 x33m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and with him, there was a large crowd”
|
||
26:47 e26h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses for hitting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people”
|
||
26:48 qb4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the **signal** he planned to use to betray Jesus.
|
||
26:48 gw8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize”
|
||
26:48 m23z ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
|
||
26:48 gqsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the symbolic significance of a greeting **kiss ** in this culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “Whomever I give a friendly greeting”
|
||
26:48 nr34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτός 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, whom the crowd had come to arrest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one whom you want to arrest”
|
||
26:49 uig8 προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus”
|
||
26:49 cyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 See how you translated “kiss” in the previous verse.
|
||
26:50 xehs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do that for which you are here”
|
||
26:50 w3d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ 1 Here, **laid hands on** is an idiom which means to take hold of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of”
|
||
26:50 vmd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 The phrases **laid hands on** and **seized** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him”
|
||
26:51 vm6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
|
||
26:52 o6m0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
26:52 tj6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 Here Jesus implies taking up **a sword** in order to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ones having taken up a sword to kill people”
|
||
26:52 w357 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here Jesus implies that these people **will perish** by someone killing them with **a sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be killed by someone else using a sword”
|
||
26:53 kgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? 1 Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I am able to call upon my Father, and he will send me more than 12 legions of angels at once!”
|
||
26:53 eb7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular δοκεῖς 1 Here, **you** is singular because Jesus is speaking to the person with the sword.
|
||
26:53 g3zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God.
|
||
26:53 tfw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means God would send a large number of **angels** and easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more than 12 very large groups of angels”
|
||
26:54 gew5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the result of the idea in the last verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Were I to do that, then how”
|
||
26:54 gih7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which say that this must happen”
|
||
26:54 teq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the scriptures would not be fulfilled that say that this must happen!”
|
||
26:54 xqpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the scriptures”
|
||
26:54 c5g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 Here, **the scriptures** refers to those parts of the Old Testament that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those scriptures about what will happen to the Messiah”
|
||
26:55 hc33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Matthew is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “point in time”
|
||
26:55 yf4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke **the crowd**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You did not need to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as you would against a robber!”
|
||
26:55 q9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 See how you translated **clubs** in [26:47](../26/47.md).
|
||
26:55 e8dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
|
||
26:56 fb46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here, **the writings of the prophets** refers to those parts of the Old Testament Scriptures that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what the prophets wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures”
|
||
26:56 ygn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill the writings of the prophets”
|
||
26:57 f6nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what the phrase they **led him away** means. Alternate translation: “took Jesus from where they had arrested him”
|
||
26:57 gy6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου 1 Here, **where** implies that they brought Jesus to the place where **Caiaphas** lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of Caiaphas the high priest, which is where”
|
||
26:57 y2oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had come together”
|
||
26:58 jui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 Matthew provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now without getting to close, Peter followed Jesus”
|
||
26:58 v8th καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside”
|
||
26:59 i8jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τὸ Συνέδριον ὅλον 1 **Now** here indicates that Matthew is making **the chief priests** and the **Sanhedrin** the subject of this part of the story instead of Peter. Use a natural way in your language for indicating this change in subjects. Alternate translation: “Now the men who were the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin”
|
||
26:59 qto5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ψευδομαρτυρίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language.
|
||
26:59 u6v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb form such as “kill” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed”
|
||
26:59 dpr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the **Sanhedrin** to execute people, the **Sanhedrin** had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might convince the Roman authorities to put him to death”
|
||
26:60 v9j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον, πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων 1 Matthew implies that what the **many false witnesses** said was not sufficient to condemn Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “though many false witnesses came forward, they found none whose testimony was sufficient to condemn Jesus”
|
||
26:61 a8lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 If a direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he was able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days”
|
||
26:61 i5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος ἔφη 1 Matthew records these men saying **This one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “This so-and-so”
|
||
26:63 mr6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The **high priest** is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “I command you by the living God: tell us if you are the Christ, the Son of God!”
|
||
26:63 eicy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 This phrase indicates that **the high priest** wants **Jesus** to swear solemnly with God as a witness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the living God as your witness”
|
||
26:63 lry9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 See how you translated this phrase in [16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||
26:63 zx9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to the **high priest** and the rest of the Jewish council, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
|
||
26:63 mm28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus.
|
||
26:64 tbl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
26:64 gi6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 See how you translated this in [26:25](../26/25.md).
|
||
26:64 zu47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 Here, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other people who were present.
|
||
26:64 ll8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἄρτι 1 The phrase **from now on** could be: (1) an idiom that refers to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “in the future” (2) from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward. Alternate translation: “hereafter”
|
||
26:64 b6cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man,”
|
||
26:64 p5px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς δυνάμεως 1 Here, **the Power** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the powerful God”
|
||
26:64 cui7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what sitting at the right hand of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the Power” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the Power”
|
||
26:64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
|
||
26:65 srg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what tearing one’s clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “tore his garments in outrage”
|
||
26:65 t68t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 The **high priest** is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not have need of any more witnesses!”
|
||
26:65 wh4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 The **high priest** uses the term **Behold** to get the Jewish council to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
|
||
26:66 mzcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “He deserves to die”
|
||
26:68 f2bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Those people hitting Jesus did not believe that he was a real prophet and could **Prophesy**. When they demanded that Jesus **Prophesy**, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to **Prophesy** in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet and prophesy” or “Prophesy, if you really are a prophet”
|
||
26:68 b5xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Χριστέ 1 Those hitting Jesus did not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you so-called Christ” or “you who claim to be the Christ”
|
||
26:69 y21l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:69–75](../26/69.md) is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time”
|
||
26:70 sp1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 Peter used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus. This does not mean that Peter was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have no idea what you are talking about!”
|
||
26:71 gyw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πυλῶνα 1 This **gateway** was an opening in the wall that went around the courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gateway of the courtyard”
|
||
26:71 s7c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
26:72 e5xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, the phrase **with an oath** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by swearing, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man” or “by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man’”
|
||
26:73 hde3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from among his disciples”
|
||
26:73 w8ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why these people thought Peter was one of Jesus’ disciples. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since”
|
||
26:73 o4oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 This phrase implies that Peters **speech** had an accent like the accent of someone from Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way you speak makes it evident that you are from Galilee”
|
||
26:74 edd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταθεματίζειν 1 Here, the phrase **to curse** means “to invoke a curse from God upon oneself.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to invoke God’s curse upon himself if what he was saying was not true” or “to ask God to curse him if what he was saying was false” or “to invoke God’s destruction upon himself if what he was saying was false”
|
||
26:74 zo05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, the phrase **to swear** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’”
|
||
26:74 w87b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 See how you translated **rooster** and “crow” in [26:34](../26/34.md).
|
||
26:75 nx3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had told him that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times”
|
||
26:75 nn5o πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 See how you translated this statement in [26:34](../26/34.md).
|
||
26:75 rgvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ἔξω 1 This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely **outside** the house of the high priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house”
|
||
27:intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”\n\nThe curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly, because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([27:60](../27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nIn [27:28–29](../27/28.md) the soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “scarlet robe” on him, placed a “crown of thorns” on his head, said, “Hail, King of the Jews,” and knelt down in front of him. These actions were symbolic of things that people would do to honor a king, but the soldiers did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by spitting on him and “striking him on his head” (See: [27:30](../27/30.md)) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Golgotha\n\nThe word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sound of this Aramaic word. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?\n\nThis is an Aramaic phrase. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
27:1 qe1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then”
|
||
27:1 cm46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Jewish leaders to execute people, the Jewish leaders had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so as to convince the Roman authorities to put him to death”
|
||
27:1 vz6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὥστε 1 Here, **so as to** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they could”
|
||
27:1 uuov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 See how you translated **death** in [26:59](../26/59.md).
|
||
27:2 jwws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δήσαντες αὐτὸν 1 The Jewish religious leaders commanded that Jesus should be **bound** but did not bind him themselves. It would have been their guards who actually bound Jesus and **led him away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanding the guards to bind him”
|
||
27:2 rdu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπήγαγον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities and their guards led him away”
|
||
27:2 d6l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 Here Matthew implies that **they led** Jesus **away** from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they led him away from Caiaphas’ house”
|
||
27:2 uu8q παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate”
|
||
27:3 qm12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 **Then** here indicates that Matthew has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “Around that time”
|
||
27:3 v9vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι κατεκρίθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus”
|
||
27:3 pe4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις 1 This phrase refers to the money that **the chief priests** had given **Judas** to betray Jesus, as mentioned in [26:15](../26/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those 30 pieces of silver that they had given to him earlier to the chief priests and elders”
|
||
27:4 f6u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα ἀθῷον 1 Here, **blood** refers to the death of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die”
|
||
27:4 mf6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 The Jewish leaders are not asking for information. They are using this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas has done. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!”
|
||
27:4 itqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **us** refers to the Jewish leaders who are speaking to Judas, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
|
||
27:4 y4yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ ὄψῃ 1 This sentence is an idiom that the Jewish leaders used to deny being responsible for what Judas had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use an equivalent idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “That is your responsibility” or “That is none of our business”
|
||
27:5 tuh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν 1 This clause means that Judas threw **the pieces of silver** into **the temple** building itself, where only priests were allowed to go. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having thrown the pieces of silver into the temple building”
|
||
27:6 rguy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because it is the price of blood, it is not lawful to put this into the treasury”
|
||
27:6 r5r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστιν 1 Here, **lawful** refers to being permitted according to Jewish religious laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our religious laws do not allow us”
|
||
27:6 ce2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὰ 1 Here, **this** refers to the 30 **pieces of silver** that Judas threw into the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this silver”
|
||
27:6 gtp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 The **treasury** refers to the place in the temple where they kept the money given to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where we keep the money that belongs to the temple”
|
||
27:6 fv6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τιμὴ αἵματός 1 The **chief priests** are using the possessive form to describe a **price** that is paid for **blood**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the price that was paid for blood”
|
||
27:6 j2l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἵματός 1 Here, **blood** refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a man dying”
|
||
27:7 x2k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them** refers to the 30 pieces of silver that Judas threw into the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those pieces of silver”
|
||
27:7 mtg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) what the local people called the field. Alternate translation: “the Field of the Potter” (2) a **field** that had clay used by people who make pots. Alternate translation: “the field where people dug clay for making pots”
|
||
27:7 n6ow rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could make it”
|
||
27:7 e29n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ξένοις 1 Here, **strangers** refers to people who died in Jerusalem and did not live in the city. They could have been Jews visiting from other areas or non-Jewish foreigners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for people from outside Jerusalem”
|
||
27:8 nts8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people call that field”
|
||
27:8 ag2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως τῆς σήμερον 1 Here, **this day** refers to the time when Matthew wrote this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “up to the time when this book was written”
|
||
27:9 rj3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke”
|
||
27:9 auz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐπληρώθη & λέγοντος 1 Here, **saying** introduces a paraphrase of some Old Testament verses ([Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md), [Jeremiah 13:5](../jer/13/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from important texts. Alternate translation: “was fulfilled. He had said in the Scriptures”
|
||
27:9 g1gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks καὶ 1 From **And** here to the end of the next verse, Matthew is paraphrasing some Old Testament verses ([Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md), [Jeremiah 13:5](../jer/13/05.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation.
|
||
27:9 t1dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the sons of Israel set on him”
|
||
27:9 d7l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, the word **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” or “the people of Israel”
|
||
27:10 c2ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέν μοι Κύριος 1 This verse continues the paraphrase of [Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md) and [Jeremiah 13:5](../jer/13/05.md) that Matthew introduced in the previous verse. You may need to indicate this with a closing quotation mark at the end of this verse or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation.
|
||
27:10 s356 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ 1 Here, **they** refers to “the sons of Israel” and **it** refers to the “30 pieces of silver” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel gave the pieces of silver”
|
||
27:10 vs3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς 1 This phrase means that the people bought **the field** with the pieces of silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with it they bought”
|
||
27:10 dufx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [27:7](../27/07.md).
|
||
27:11 pjc5 δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [27:2](../27/02.md). If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you could use it here.
|
||
27:11 a2e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ & Ἰησοῦς ἐστάθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone made Jesus stand”
|
||
27:11 a6cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ λέγεις 1 **You say so** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the similar phrase in [26:25](../26/25.md). Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say”
|
||
27:12 vl3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the chief priests and the elders accused him”
|
||
27:13 e3td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
27:13 wn2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Pilate is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to express how surprised he is that Jesus does not defend himself. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you hear everything they are bringing against you!”
|
||
27:13 kc8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 **Pilate** implies that he expects Jesus to defend himself in response to the accusations made against him by the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? You should answer!” or “Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? Why don’t you answer them?”
|
||
27:14 xx94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα 1 This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus did not say anything in response to what Pilate said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “with even a single word” (2) Jesus did not respond to even one of the accusations that the Jewish leaders had made against him. In this case **word** would be translated as “charge.” Alternate translation: “with regard to even one charge”
|
||
27:14 hbm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε θαυμάζειν 1 Here, **so as to** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “so that he amazed”
|
||
27:15 jjp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here marks a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens in [27:17–26](../27/17.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
|
||
27:15 p1ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑορτὴν 1 Here, **the festival** refers the Passover celebration. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [26:5](../26/05.md).
|
||
27:15 pfk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “to the group of people”
|
||
27:16 ir01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** is used here to mark a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Matthew introduces more background information, this time about **Barabbas**, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And”
|
||
27:16 q2iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἶχον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Roman authorities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Roman authorities were holding”
|
||
27:16 svr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενον 1 See how you translated **named** in [26:3](../26/03.md).
|
||
27:17 l80q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνηγμένων & αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated **gathered together** in [26:3](../26/03.md).
|
||
27:17 wrl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ”
|
||
27:18 a5lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pilate asked the question in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Pilate asked this because”
|
||
27:18 ugse rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παρέδωκαν αὐτόν 1 Here, **they** refers to the chief priests and elders of the Jewish people, the first **him** refers to Jesus, and the second **him** refers to Pilate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and elders had handed Jesus over to Pilate”
|
||
27:18 jq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ φθόνον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **envy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they envied him”
|
||
27:19 t3mx καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “But while Pilate was sitting”
|
||
27:19 s5pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῦ βήματος 1 The **judgment seat** was a special chair in which a leader sat when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seat used for judging people”
|
||
27:19 w4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπέστειλεν 1 Here, **sent word** means that Pilate’s **wife** sent a person to tell Pilate a message by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sent someone to tell him a message”
|
||
27:19 ga4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ 1 This sentence is an idiom that indicates that Pilates wife did not want Pilate to be involved with anything related to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have nothing to do with that righteous one” or “Let there be nothing between you and that righteous one”
|
||
27:19 v8ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pilate’s wife told him what she said in the previous sentence. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this because”
|
||
27:20 ax1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the people chose Barabbas to be released. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
|
||
27:20 al54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 Here Matthew implies that **the crowds** asked Pilate **for Barabbas** to be released from prison and for Roman soldiers to **kill Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they would ask Pilate for Barabbas to be released from prison, but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus”
|
||
27:21 x6vf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δύο 1 Matthew quotes Pilate using the adjective **two* as a noun in order to refer to the **two** men, Jesus and **Barabbas**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the two prisoners”
|
||
27:22 dpb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγουσιν πάντες 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … They all answered”
|
||
27:22 zl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [27:17](../27/17.md).
|
||
27:22 ttva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθήτω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Crucify him”
|
||
27:22 kkus rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σταυρωθήτω 1 The Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with a crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to have someone **crucified**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him be nailed to a cross” or “Let him be executed!”
|
||
27:22 uedb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative σταυρωθήτω 1 Here, the phrase **Let him be crucified** is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate this phrase as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him”
|
||
27:23 m5jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν? 1 Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!”
|
||
27:23 bijy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κακὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “evil thing”
|
||
27:23 nb7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθήτω 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse.
|
||
27:24 oa2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἰδὼν & ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται 1 These two clauses indicate the reason why **Pilate** did what is described in the rest of the verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “because he saw that he was accomplishing nothing, but instead a riot was starting”
|
||
27:24 gefl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ & θόρυβος γίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was accomplishing nothing … a riot was starting”
|
||
27:24 yj8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου 1 Pilate **washed his hands** as a sign to the people that he was not responsible for Jesus’ death. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation.
|
||
27:24 u1fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 Here Pilate uses **blood** to refer to a person’s death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the death”
|
||
27:24 f4ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε 1 See how you translated the similar idiom in [27:4](../27/04.md).
|
||
27:25 k1cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **be on us and on our children** is an idiom that means that the crowd was accepting the responsibility for what was happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We and our children will be responsible for his blood”
|
||
27:25 n5k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα 1 See how you translated the same use of **blood** in the previous verse.
|
||
27:25 timm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us** and **our** refer to the Jewish people, so **us** and **our** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms.
|
||
27:25 bsfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ τέκνα 1 Here, **children** refers to future descendants in general, not only to the **children** of the people who were speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “future generations”
|
||
27:26 yb5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπέλυσεν & παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 The first two occurrences of **he** refer to Pilate, but **him** and the third occurrence of **he** refer to **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate released … Pilate handed Jesus over so that Jesus would be crucified”
|
||
27:26 m63d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέλυσεν & τὸν Βαραββᾶν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 Matthew assumes that his readers will know that Pilate did not actually release **Barabbas** or flog **Jesus**, but ordered his soldiers to do those things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded his soldiers to release Barabbas … having commanded his soldiers to flog Jesus”
|
||
27:26 adak rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φραγελλώσας 1 If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Flogging was a Roman penalty in which soldiers whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which someone had attached pieces of bone and metal”
|
||
27:26 n421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis παρέδωκεν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he handed him over to his soldiers”
|
||
27:26 y3kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they would crucify him”
|
||
27:27 zz45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πραιτώριον 1 The **Praetorium** was where the Roman **governor** stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the palace where the governor and his soldiers lived” or “the Roman governor’s residence”
|
||
27:27 bn22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 Matthew assumes that his readers will know that a **cohort** was a unit of Roman soldiers. A **cohort** normally numbered around 600 men but could sometimes refer to as few as 200 men. Here, by saying **the whole cohort**, Matthew most likely means that all the soldiers from the **cohort** who were on duty at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the whole unit of soldiers” or “the whole unit of soldiers who were on duty there”
|
||
27:28 nx81 καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “And having pulled off his clothes”
|
||
27:28 id2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ 1 In Roman culture, a **scarlet robe** was worn by kings. The soldiers put a **scarlet robe** on Jesus in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “they put a scarlet robe on him in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king”
|
||
27:28 yf6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κοκκίνην 1 The word **scarlet** refers to a color. Since Mark records in [Mark 15:17](../mrk/15/17.md) that the color of this **robe** was “purple,” the color closely resembled both **scarlet** and “purple.” If your readers would be unfamiliar with these colors, you could use the closest equivalent color that they would be familiar with. Alternate translation: “dark red” or “crimson”
|
||
27:29 ksjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **crown** that is made from branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a crown made from thorns”
|
||
27:29 km30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀκανθῶν 1 Matthew uses the word **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thorny branches”
|
||
27:29 yw94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ; καὶ κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** was worn by a king, and a king held a scepter in his right hand. In order to mock Jesus, the soldiers put a **crown** made from **thorns** on Jesus’ head and put **a reed in his right hand** that resembled a king’s scepter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head and a reed in his right hand in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king”
|
||
27:29 dlz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony γονυπετήσαντες 1 The act of kneeling down was normally done as a way of honoring kings. The soldiers actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of this action. These soldiers do not really believe that Jesus is a king, but rather, they have **knelt down** to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “having knelt down as if honoring a king”
|
||
27:29 qf8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers used this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicates when he says that **they mocked him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they mocked him by saying, ‘Hail, you so-called King of the Jews’”
|
||
27:30 ib5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κάλαμον 1 Here, **the reed* refers to the stick the soldiers had put in Jesus’ right hand in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the reed from his hand”
|
||
27:32 m5bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that this verse is a break in the main story line. Matthew does this in order to give information about **Simon** from **Cyrene**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
|
||
27:32 d0ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξερχόμενοι 1 Your language may say “going out” rather than **coming out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural.
|
||
27:32 j5wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξερχόμενοι 1 Here, **coming out** implies that Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as they came out of the city”
|
||
27:32 sfj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **they** refers to the Roman soldiers, **he** refers to **Simon**, and **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
|
||
27:33 j6hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ, ὅ ἐστιν & λεγόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha, which means”
|
||
27:33 lopg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Γολγοθᾶ 1 Here Matthew writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word using Greek letters. Since Matthew translates the meaning later in the verse, you may write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. See the discussion of **Golgotha** in the General Notes for this chapter.
|
||
27:34 f11j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall, to drink”
|
||
27:34 e2uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χολῆς 1 Here, **gall** refers to a bitter tasting liquid that was a pain-relieving medicine. Mark specifically identifies this as liquid that came from the myrrh plant ([Mark 15:23](../../mrk/15/23.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bitter, pain-relieving medicine”
|
||
27:35 d4h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντες κλῆρον 1 The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “by gambling”
|
||
27:35 u4dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλλοντες κλῆρον 1 Matthew implies that the soldiers were **casting lots** in order to determine who would take which pieces of Jesus’ clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by casting lots to decide who would take which ones”
|
||
27:36 o9ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ 1 Matthew implies that the soldiers **kept guard over** Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they kept guard over him there to prevent people from rescuing him”
|
||
27:37 j4s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the charge** refers to the written explanation of the crime Jesus was accused of committing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a written explanation of the crime they were accusing him of doing”
|
||
27:37 an2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γεγραμμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone had written”
|
||
27:38 ms2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture σταυροῦνται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “were crucified”
|
||
27:38 zq4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with him”
|
||
27:38 ci6g εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 Alternate translation: “one robber on his right side and one robber on his left side” or “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him”
|
||
27:39 d4fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 The people’s action of **shaking their heads** at Jesus showed that they felt disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “showing disdain for him by shaking their heads”
|
||
27:40 p6sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν 1 The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days”
|
||
27:40 t23i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 The people did not believe that Jesus was **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross”
|
||
27:40 b5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus.
|
||
27:42 ff4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people”
|
||
27:42 wu7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved others** by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and saving them from other physical problems. They did not think that Jesus saved them from sin or divine judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them”
|
||
27:42 j6l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus is **the King of Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he really is the King of Israel, let him come down”
|
||
27:42 vmdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, καὶ πιστεύσομεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The Jewish leaders are suggesting a hypothetical situation since they do not believe that Jesus actually has the power to **come down from the cross**. Use whatever form in your language would be most natural to communicate this. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the King of Israel. Then let him come down now from the cross, and we will believe that he is the King of Israel”
|
||
27:43 zy1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **has trusted in God**, that God would **rescue him**, or that God **wants him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He claims to trust in God. So let God rescue him now, if he even wants him” or “If he really trusts in God and God really wants him, then let God rescue him now”
|
||
27:43 cl97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he said that he is the Son of God.”
|
||
27:43 uw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ & Υἱός 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus.
|
||
27:44 e26y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the robbers whom the soldiers were crucifying with him”
|
||
27:45 e7z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then”
|
||
27:45 xsps rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 If you decide to translate these phrases in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “hour six … hour nine”
|
||
27:45 s2l7 ἕκτης ὥρας 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “noon” or “12:00 PM”
|
||
27:45 pi8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express it in a different way. Alternate translation: “it became dark”
|
||
27:45 lnkx ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “3:00 PM”
|
||
27:46 rcjr τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
|
||
27:46 qyp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνεβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 This is an idiom that means **Jesus** raised the volume of his **voice**. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly”
|
||
27:46 xub2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 This sentence is what **Jesus cried out** in the Jewish Aramaic language. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/022/001.md). See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes for this chapter.
|
||
27:47 y60j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 Matthew implies that the people did not understand what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having heard it, misunderstood and said”
|
||
27:48 jm37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὄξους 1 Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how **sour wine** is translated in [Mark 15:36](../mrk/15/36.md) and [John 19:29](../jhn/19/29.md). Alternate translation: “with common wine”
|
||
27:48 bsy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. See how **sponge** is translated in [Mark 15:36](../mrk/15/36.md) and [John 19:29](../jhn/19/29.md). Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid”
|
||
27:50 n21n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 See how you translated **cried out** **with a loud voice** in [27:46](../27/46.md).
|
||
27:50 fj1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 This clause is an idiom that means “willingly died.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how a similar phrase is translated in [John 19:30](../jhn/19/30.md). Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die”
|
||
27:51 a92g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to the surprising event that he describes next in the story. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use here.
|
||
27:51 u0pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, ἀπ’ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action.
|
||
27:51 m1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη & ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God tore … God shook the earth, and God split the rocks apart”
|
||
27:51 xp2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Matthew assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to **the curtain** that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of **the temple**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place”
|
||
27:52 a1cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs, and he raised many of the bodies”
|
||
27:52 hgn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism κεκοιμημένων 1 Here, **fallen asleep** refers to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who had passed away” or “who had died”
|
||
27:52 kj3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 Here, **raised** is an idiom that refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were caused to live again” or “were made alive again”
|
||
27:53 q2x5 ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν 1 This could mean: (1) the saints came **out from the tombs** before Jesus came back to life, but did not enter **into the holy city** until after Jesus came back to life. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs, after his resurrection they entered into the holy city” (2) the saints came **out from the tombs** after Jesus came back to life. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city”
|
||
27:54 f6rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows is a new event that happened right after the events told in [27:50–51](../27/50.md). Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then”
|
||
27:54 vv2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This phrase refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with **the centurion**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus”
|
||
27:54 gse9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδόντες τὸν σεισμὸν καὶ τὰ γενόμενα 1 Matthew implies that the soldiers felt **the earthquake** and saw **the things that happened**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
|
||
27:54 gw6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus.
|
||
27:55 h0m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονοῦσαι αὐτῷ 1 This phrase indicates the purpose for the **women** following **Jesus from Galilee**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of serving him”
|
||
27:56 yni6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωσὴφ μήτηρ 1 Because **Mary** was a very common name at this time and because Matthew refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which **Mary** he is referring to in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Mary, who came from Magdala, and another Mary, who was the mother of James and Joseph”
|
||
27:56 xx27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακώβου & Ἰωσὴφ 1 **James** and **Joseph** were common names for men at this time.
|
||
27:56 ud33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [26:37](../26/37.md).
|
||
27:57 wm5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [27:57–61](../27/57.md) is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After that”
|
||
27:57 sy9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας 1 **Arimathea** is the name of a city in Israel.
|
||
27:57 o9c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had discipled as well”
|
||
27:58 kjyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 The reason that Joseph asked **Pilate** **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it”
|
||
27:58 c69n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give it to him”
|
||
27:59 eupz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα, ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ 1 Matthew assumes that his readers would know that other people helped **Joseph** take Jesus’ body and prepare it for the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him, having taken the body, wrapped it”
|
||
27:59 q9q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “prepared it for burial”
|
||
27:59 kj7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 The term **linen cloth** refers to a high quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with **linen**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fine cloth”
|
||
27:60 hvs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 Matthew implies that Joseph had hired workers to **cut** the tomb **into the rock**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he had had workers cut into the rock”
|
||
27:60 lt4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ & προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν 1 Matthew assumes that his readers would know that other people helped **Joseph** when he **laid** Jesus’ body in the **tomb** and **rolled a large stone** over the entrance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him laid it … they rolled a large stone against”
|
||
27:61 ihr8 ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου 1 Alternate translation: “across from the tomb”
|
||
27:62 wxrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [27:62–66](../27/62.md) is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After those things happened,”
|
||
27:62 qj59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ & ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν 1 Here, **the Preparation** refers to the day before the Sabbath on which Jews would prepare for the Sabbath so that they would not have to do work on that day. Therefore, **the next day** here refers to the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the next day, which was after the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath” or “the next day, which was the Sabbath”
|
||
27:62 j57n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 See how you translated **gathered together** in [26:3](../26/03.md).
|
||
27:63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος & ἔτι ζῶν 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
|
||
27:63 ri5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν & μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that after three days he would be raised up”
|
||
27:63 ou2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας 1 Jesus was referring to **three days** after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After three days of being dead”
|
||
27:63 jp1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἐγείρομαι 1 The Jewish leaders quote Jesus using the present tense to refer to a future event. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will be raised up”
|
||
27:63 e6uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγείρομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will raise me up”
|
||
27:63 ike6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγείρομαι 1 Here, **raised up** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. See how you translated **raised up** in [20:19](../20/19.md).
|
||
27:64 r0qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative κέλευσον 1 Here, **command** is an imperative, but since the Jewish leaders cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate this phrase as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “we want you to command”
|
||
27:64 b8n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers to make the tomb secure”
|
||
27:64 hbh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day three”
|
||
27:64 pwc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone”
|
||
27:64 jgqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες 1 The Jewish leaders imply here that Jesus’ **disciples** might **come** to the tomb in which Jesus was buried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having come to Jesus’ tomb”
|
||
27:64 t78s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might say to the people that he has been raised up from the dead, and”
|
||
27:64 km0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated **raised up** in the previous verse.
|
||
27:64 c7bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase translated **the dead ones** refers to **dead** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are”
|
||
27:64 u5tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deception**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the last time they deceive people”
|
||
27:65 dkq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns κουστωδίαν 1 The word **guard** here is a singular noun that refers to a group of soldiers. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of guards”
|
||
27:66 pk1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον 1 This means that a seal was put on the **stone** that covered the entrance of Jesus’ **tomb**. The seal would break if someone moved the **stone**, thus indicating that the **stone** was moved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having placed a seal on the stone that was against the entrance of the tomb”
|
||
27:66 e8uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῆς κουστωδίας 1 See how you translated the same use of **guard** in the previous verse.
|
||
28:intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([28:1](../28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tomb]])\n\n### “Make disciples”\n\nThe last two verses ([28:19–20](../28/19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them, and training them to live according to what Jesus commanded. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### An angel of the Lord\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing appearing to the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked like male humans. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1–2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||
28:1 anr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened soon after the time of the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then”
|
||
28:1 qkn8 ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on the first day of the week”
|
||
28:1 avwc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Matthew uses **first** to imply the **first** day **of the week**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week”
|
||
28:1 gs43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal μίαν σαββάτων 1 Here Matthew is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” in the original language to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week”
|
||
28:1 zu2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 This **Mary** is the mother of James and Joseph, as stated in [27:56](../27/56.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated **the other Mary** in [27:61](../27/61.md)
|
||
28:2 j25i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to the suddenness of the event that he describes next in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the sudden”
|
||
28:2 l4s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why the **earthquake happened**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that”
|
||
28:2 a5xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον 1 This clause implies that the angel **rolled away the stone** that was covering the entrance to the tomb in which Jesus’ body had been placed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “rolled away the stone that was covering the entrance of the tomb”
|
||
28:3 qloc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that this verse is a break in the main story line. Matthew does this in order to give information about an angel at Jesus’ tomb. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
|
||
28:3 p12y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ 1 The point of this comparison is that the **appearance** of the angel was very bright, as **lightning** is very bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was extremely bright, like lightning”
|
||
28:3 i4hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 Matthew is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow”
|
||
28:3 bzow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 The point of this comparison is that the **clothing** of the angel was pure **white**, as **snow** is pure white. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was pure white, like snow”
|
||
28:3 orq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 Matthew is comparing the angel’s clothing to **snow** because **snow** is a very white substance. If your readers would not be familiar with **snow**, you could use the name of something in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “white as cotton” or “very, very white”
|
||
28:4 u00v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ, ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the guards’ fear of him caused them to shake”
|
||
28:4 b1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί 1 Matthew compares **the guards** to **dead men** because **dead men** lie on the ground and do no move. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay still”
|
||
28:5 q8dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς γυναιξίν 1 Here, **the women** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in [28:1](../28/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary”
|
||
28:5 tbd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people have crucified”
|
||
28:6 jwc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated this phrase in [27:64](../27/64.md).
|
||
28:7 r0p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ταχὺ πορευθεῖσαι 1 Here the angel is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command, as in the UST.
|
||
28:7 sp2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has been raised up from the dead ones. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him”
|
||
28:7 r5cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this sentence in [27:64](../27/64.md).
|
||
28:7 a1ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ 1 The angel uses **behold** twice in this verse because he wants the disciples to focus their attention on what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention … Pay attention to what”
|
||
28:7 ljb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς & ὄψεσθε & ὑμῖν 1 All occurrences of **you** are plural in this verse and refer to the disciples. You may need to translate these as plural in your language.
|
||
28:8 j2sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδραμον 1 Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in [28:1](../28/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary ran”
|
||
28:9 s393 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to the suddenness of the event that he describes next in the story. See how you translated the same use of **behold** in [28:2](../28/02.md).
|
||
28:9 nmg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας 1 Here, Matthew implies that the two women knelt down on the ground when they **took hold of his feet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
|
||
28:10 hfkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
28:10 etk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 Here Jesus refers to his disciples as if they were all **brothers** in his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my disciples”
|
||
28:11 ktu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [28:11–15](../28/11.md) is a new event that happened during the time of the events the story has just related in [28:9–10](../28/09.md). Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At the time”
|
||
28:11 mu4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated **they** in [28:8](../28/08.md).
|
||
28:11 rnr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδού 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here.
|
||
28:11 egn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς κουστωδίας 1 Here, **the guards** refers to the Roman soldiers who had been guarding Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Roman guards who had been at the tomb”
|
||
28:11 yvgx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem”
|
||
28:12 ht82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθέντες 1 See how you translated **gathered together** in [26:3](../26/03.md).
|
||
28:12 birm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδωκαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the chief priests mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests gave”
|
||
28:13 kn8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν, ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Say that his disciples, having come by night, stole him while we are sleeping”
|
||
28:13 s0bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **we** refers to the Roman soldiers who guarded Jesus’ tomb, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
|
||
28:14 n8xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the governor hears this report”
|
||
28:14 u13q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 Here, **the governor** refers to Pilate, as indicated in [27:2](../27/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate”
|
||
28:14 x57k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 Here, **we** refers to the Jewish chief priests and elders, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
|
||
28:14 exuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πείσομεν 1 Here the chief priests and elders imply that they will **persuade** **the governor** not to punish the soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will persuade him not to punish you”
|
||
28:15 yu3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do”
|
||
28:15 cp7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 Here, **today** refers to the time when Matthew wrote this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when this book was written”
|
||
28:16 h1ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [28:16–20](../28/16.md) is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then”
|
||
28:17 pze9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἐδίστασαν 1 Matthew implies that **some** of the disciples **doubted** that the person they were seeing was really Jesus and that he had really become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the disciples doubted that it was Jesus and that he had become alive again”
|
||
28:18 v37p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority”
|
||
28:18 c9m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority** you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have been authorized to rule”
|
||
28:18 sm35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to refer to everyone and everything everywhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over everything everywhere”
|
||
28:19 sf28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative πορευθέντες 1 In this clause Jesus is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command, as in the UST.
|
||
28:19 yz6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **nations** refers to people who live in **all the nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of people in all the nations”
|
||
28:19 oc88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The phrase **make disciples** implies telling people the gospel message so that they can believe it and become Jesus’ **disciples**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “preach the gospel to people of all the nations so that they will become Jesus’ disciples”
|
||
28:19 l5b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 Here, **name** represents the authority of **the Father**, **the Son**, and **the Holy Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the authority”
|
||
28:19 pmg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 Here **in name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit** could mean: (1) by being baptized, the **disciples of all the nations** would be acknowledging God’s authority over their lives. Alternate translation: “to express their allegiance to the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit” (2) **the name** is the authority by which **disciples** are baptized. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit”
|
||
28:19 kwa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus.
|
||
28:20 lm0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative διδάσκοντες 1 Jesus is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command, as in the UST.
|
||
28:20 mz6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here Jesus uses **behold** to emphasize the truth of what he is about to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “truly”
|
||
28:20 cmdj πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας 1 Alternate translation: “all the time”
|
||
28:20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”
|